2 by Michael Elkins <me@cs.hmc.edu>
5 ``All mail clients suck. This one just sucks less.'' -me, circa 1995
6 ______________________________________________________________________
14 1.4 Software Distribution Sites
20 2.1 Moving Around in Menus
21 2.2 Editing Input Fields
22 2.3 Reading Mail - The Index and Pager
23 2.3.1 The Message Index
27 2.3.4 Miscellaneous Functions
29 2.4.1 Editing the message header
30 2.4.2 Using Mutt with PGP
31 2.4.3 Sending anonymous messages via mixmaster.
32 2.5 Forwarding and Bouncing Mail
34 2.7 Reading news via NNTP
37 3.1 Syntax of Initialization Files
38 3.2 Defining/Using aliases
39 3.3 Changing the default key bindings
40 3.4 Defining aliases for character sets
41 3.5 Setting variables based upon mailbox
43 3.7 Using color and mono video attributes
44 3.8 Ignoring (weeding) unwanted message headers
45 3.9 Alternative addresses
47 3.11 Using Multiple spool mailboxes
48 3.12 Defining mailboxes which receive mail
49 3.13 User defined headers
50 3.14 Defining the order of headers when viewing messages
51 3.15 Specify default save filename
52 3.16 Specify default Fcc: mailbox when composing
53 3.17 Specify default save filename and default Fcc: mailbox at once
54 3.18 Change settings based upon message recipients
55 3.19 Change settings before formatting a message
56 3.20 Choosing the cryptographic key of the recipient
57 3.21 Adding key sequences to the keyboard buffer
58 3.22 Executing functions
61 3.25 Setting variables
62 3.26 Reading initialization commands from another file
66 4.1 Regular Expressions
68 4.2.1 Pattern Modifier
69 4.2.2 Complex Patterns
70 4.2.3 Searching by Date
73 4.4.1 Message Matching in Hooks
74 4.5 Usingg the sidebar
75 4.6 External Address Queries
78 4.9 Handling Mailing Lists
80 4.10.1 Linking threads
81 4.10.2 Breaking threads
82 4.11 Delivery Status Notification (DSN) Support
83 4.12 POP3 Support (OPTIONAL)
84 4.13 IMAP Support (OPTIONAL)
85 4.13.1 The Folder Browser
87 4.14 Managing multiple IMAP/POP accounts (OPTIONAL)
88 4.15 Start a WWW Browser on URLs (EXTERNAL)
89 4.16 Compressed folders Support (OPTIONAL)
90 4.16.1 Open a compressed mailbox for reading
91 4.16.2 Write a compressed mailbox
92 4.16.3 Append a message to a compressed mailbox
93 4.16.4 Encrypted folders
95 5. Mutt's MIME Support
96 5.1 Using MIME in Mutt
97 5.1.1 Viewing MIME messages in the pager
98 5.1.2 The Attachment Menu
99 5.1.3 The Compose Menu
100 5.2 MIME Type configuration with mime.types
101 5.3 MIME Viewer configuration with mailcap
102 5.3.1 The Basics of the mailcap file
103 5.3.2 Secure use of mailcap
104 5.3.3 Advanced mailcap Usage
105 5.3.3.1 Optional Fields
107 5.3.3.3 Command Expansion
108 5.3.4 Example mailcap files
110 5.5 MIME Multipart/Alternative
114 6.1 Command line options
115 6.2 Configuration Commands
116 6.3 Configuration variables
117 6.3.1 abort_nosubject
118 6.3.2 abort_unmodified
126 6.3.10 ask_x_comment_to
129 6.3.13 assumed_charset
139 6.3.23 bounce_delivered
140 6.3.24 catchup_newsgroup
141 6.3.25 certificate_file
144 6.3.28 collapse_unread
145 6.3.29 compose_format
146 6.3.30 config_charset
149 6.3.33 connect_timeout
152 6.3.36 crypt_autoencrypt
154 6.3.38 crypt_autosign
155 6.3.39 crypt_autosmime
156 6.3.40 crypt_replyencrypt
157 6.3.41 crypt_replysign
158 6.3.42 crypt_replysignencrypted
159 6.3.43 crypt_timestamp
160 6.3.44 crypt_use_gpgme
161 6.3.45 crypt_verify_sig
166 6.3.50 digest_collapse
167 6.3.51 display_filter
168 6.3.52 dotlock_program
171 6.3.55 duplicate_threads
184 6.3.68 followup_to_poster
186 6.3.70 forward_decode
187 6.3.71 forward_decrypt
189 6.3.73 forward_format
193 6.3.77 group_index_format
200 6.3.84 hide_thread_subject
201 6.3.85 hide_top_limited
202 6.3.86 hide_top_missing
204 6.3.88 honor_followup_to
206 6.3.90 ignore_list_reply_to
207 6.3.91 imap_authenticators
208 6.3.92 imap_delim_chars
209 6.3.93 imap_force_ssl
211 6.3.95 imap_home_namespace
212 6.3.96 imap_keepalive
213 6.3.97 imap_list_subscribed
217 6.3.101 imap_reconnect
218 6.3.102 imap_servernoise
220 6.3.104 implicit_autoview
222 6.3.106 include_onlyfirst
223 6.3.107 indent_string
232 6.3.116 mailcap_sanitize
233 6.3.117 maildir_trash
237 6.3.121 max_line_length
242 6.3.126 message_format
246 6.3.130 mh_seq_flagged
247 6.3.131 mh_seq_replied
248 6.3.132 mh_seq_unseen
250 6.3.134 mime_forward_decode
251 6.3.135 mime_forward_rest
253 6.3.137 mix_entry_format
258 6.3.142 news_cache_dir
262 6.3.146 nntp_load_description
265 6.3.149 nntp_reconnect
267 6.3.151 operating_system
269 6.3.153 pager_context
271 6.3.155 pager_index_lines
273 6.3.157 pgp_auto_decode
274 6.3.158 pgp_autoinline
275 6.3.159 pgp_check_exit
276 6.3.160 pgp_clearsign_command
277 6.3.161 pgp_decode_command
278 6.3.162 pgp_decrypt_command
279 6.3.163 pgp_encrypt_only_command
280 6.3.164 pgp_encrypt_sign_command
281 6.3.165 pgp_entry_format
282 6.3.166 pgp_export_command
283 6.3.167 pgp_getkeys_command
284 6.3.168 pgp_good_sign
285 6.3.169 pgp_ignore_subkeys
286 6.3.170 pgp_import_command
287 6.3.171 pgp_list_pubring_command
288 6.3.172 pgp_list_secring_command
290 6.3.174 pgp_mime_auto
291 6.3.175 pgp_replyinline
292 6.3.176 pgp_retainable_sigs
293 6.3.177 pgp_show_unusable
295 6.3.179 pgp_sign_command
296 6.3.180 pgp_sort_keys
297 6.3.181 pgp_strict_enc
299 6.3.183 pgp_use_gpg_agent
300 6.3.184 pgp_verify_command
301 6.3.185 pgp_verify_key_command
305 6.3.189 pop_auth_try_all
306 6.3.190 pop_authenticators
307 6.3.191 pop_checkinterval
312 6.3.196 pop_reconnect
314 6.3.198 post_indent_string
315 6.3.199 post_moderated
320 6.3.204 print_command
324 6.3.208 query_command
338 6.3.222 reverse_alias
340 6.3.224 reverse_realname
341 6.3.225 rfc2047_parameters
345 6.3.229 save_unsubscribed
347 6.3.231 score_threshold_delete
348 6.3.232 score_threshold_flag
349 6.3.233 score_threshold_read
352 6.3.236 sendmail_wait
354 6.3.238 shorten_hierarchy
355 6.3.239 show_new_news
356 6.3.240 show_only_unread
357 6.3.241 sidebar_delim
358 6.3.242 sidebar_visible
359 6.3.243 sidebar_width
363 6.3.247 signoff_string
364 6.3.248 simple_search
368 6.3.252 smime_ask_cert_label
369 6.3.253 smime_ca_location
370 6.3.254 smime_certificates
371 6.3.255 smime_decrypt_command
372 6.3.256 smime_decrypt_use_default_key
373 6.3.257 smime_default_key
374 6.3.258 smime_encrypt_command
375 6.3.259 smime_encrypt_with
376 6.3.260 smime_get_cert_command
377 6.3.261 smime_get_cert_email_command
378 6.3.262 smime_get_signer_cert_command
379 6.3.263 smime_import_cert_command
380 6.3.264 smime_is_default
382 6.3.266 smime_pk7out_command
383 6.3.267 smime_sign_command
384 6.3.268 smime_sign_opaque_command
385 6.3.269 smime_timeout
386 6.3.270 smime_verify_command
387 6.3.271 smime_verify_opaque_command
388 6.3.272 smtp_auth_password
389 6.3.273 smtp_auth_username
397 6.3.281 spam_separator
399 6.3.283 ssl_ca_certificates_file
400 6.3.284 ssl_client_cert
401 6.3.285 ssl_min_dh_prime_bits
403 6.3.287 ssl_use_sslv3
404 6.3.288 ssl_use_tlsv1
406 6.3.290 status_format
407 6.3.291 status_on_top
409 6.3.293 strict_threads
413 6.3.297 thorough_search
414 6.3.298 thread_received
422 6.3.306 uncollapse_jump
436 6.3.320 xterm_set_titles
453 7.2 About this document
455 ______________________________________________________________________
457 1
\b1.
\b. I
\bIn
\bnt
\btr
\bro
\bod
\bdu
\buc
\bct
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn
459 M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt is a small but very powerful text-based MIME mail client. Mutt
460 is highly configurable, and is well suited to the mail power user with
461 advanced features like key bindings, keyboard macros, mail threading,
462 regular expression searches and a powerful pattern matching language
463 for selecting groups of messages.
465 This documentation additionaly contains documentation to M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt-
\b-N
\bNG
\bG, a
466 fork from Mutt with the goal to fix all the little annoyances of Mutt,
467 to integrate all the Mutt patches that are floating around in the web,
468 and to add other new features. Features specific to Mutt-ng will be
469 discussed in an extra section. Don't be confused when most of the
470 documentation talk about Mutt and not Mutt-ng, Mutt-ng contains all
471 Mutt-ng features, plus many more.
473 1
\b1.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt H
\bHo
\bom
\bme
\be P
\bPa
\bag
\bge
\be
477 1
\b1.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt-
\b-n
\bng
\bg H
\bHo
\bom
\bme
\be P
\bPa
\bag
\bge
\be
479 http://mutt-ng.berlios.de/
481 1
\b1.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bli
\bin
\bng
\bg L
\bLi
\bis
\bst
\bts
\bs
483 +
\bo mutt-ng-users@lists.berlios.de -- This is where the mutt-ng user
486 +
\bo mutt-ng-devel@lists.berlios.de -- The development mailing list for
489 1
\b1.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. S
\bSo
\bof
\bft
\btw
\bwa
\bar
\bre
\be D
\bDi
\bis
\bst
\btr
\bri
\bib
\bbu
\but
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn S
\bSi
\bit
\bte
\bes
\bs
491 So far, there are no official releases of Mutt-ng, but you can
492 download daily snapshots from http://mutt-ng.berlios.de/snapshots/
494 1
\b1.
\b.5
\b5.
\b. I
\bIR
\bRC
\bC
496 Visit channel _
\b#_
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\bn_
\bg on irc.freenode.net (www.freenode.net) to chat
497 with other people interested in Mutt-ng.
499 1
\b1.
\b.6
\b6.
\b. W
\bWe
\beb
\bbl
\blo
\bog
\bg
501 If you want to read fresh news about the latest development in Mutt-
502 ng, and get informed about stuff like interesting, Mutt-ng-related
503 articles and packages for your favorite distribution, you can read
504 and/or subscribe to our Mutt-ng development weblog.
506 1
\b1.
\b.7
\b7.
\b. C
\bCo
\bop
\bpy
\byr
\bri
\big
\bgh
\bht
\bt
508 Mutt is Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Michael R. Elkins <me@cs.hmc.edu> and
511 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
512 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
513 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
514 your option) any later version.
516 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
517 WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
518 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
519 General Public License for more details.
521 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
522 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
523 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, USA.
525 2
\b2.
\b. G
\bGe
\bet
\btt
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bg S
\bSt
\bta
\bar
\brt
\bte
\bed
\bd
527 This section is intended as a brief overview of how to use Mutt.
528 There are many other features which are described elsewhere in the
529 manual. There is even more information available in the Mutt FAQ and
530 various web pages. See the Mutt Page for more details.
532 The keybindings described in this section are the defaults as
533 distributed. Your local system administrator may have altered the
534 defaults for your site. You can always type ``?'' in any menu to
535 display the current bindings.
537 The first thing you need to do is invoke mutt, simply by typing mutt
538 at the command line. There are various command-line options, see
539 either the mutt man page or the ``reference''.
541 2
\b2.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. M
\bMo
\bov
\bvi
\bin
\bng
\bg A
\bAr
\bro
\bou
\bun
\bnd
\bd i
\bin
\bn M
\bMe
\ben
\bnu
\bus
\bs
543 Information is presented in menus, very similar to ELM. Here is a
544 table showing the common keys used to navigate menus in Mutt.
546 j or Down next-entry move to the next entry
547 k or Up previous-entry move to the previous entry
548 z or PageDn page-down go to the next page
549 Z or PageUp page-up go to the previous page
550 = or Home first-entry jump to the first entry
551 * or End last-entry jump to the last entry
552 q quit exit the current menu
553 ? help list all keybindings for the current menu
555 2
\b2.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. E
\bEd
\bdi
\bit
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bg I
\bIn
\bnp
\bpu
\but
\bt F
\bFi
\bie
\bel
\bld
\bds
\bs
557 Mutt has a builtin line editor which is used as the primary way to
558 input textual data such as email addresses or filenames. The keys
559 used to move around while editing are very similar to those of Emacs.
561 ^A or <Home> bol move to the start of the line
562 ^B or <Left> backward-char move back one char
563 Esc B backward-word move back one word
564 ^D or <Delete> delete-char delete the char under the cursor
565 ^E or <End> eol move to the end of the line
566 ^F or <Right> forward-char move forward one char
567 Esc F forward-word move forward one word
568 <Tab> complete complete filename or alias
569 ^T complete-query complete address with query
570 ^K kill-eol delete to the end of the line
571 ESC d kill-eow delete to the end ot the word
572 ^W kill-word kill the word in front of the cursor
573 ^U kill-line delete entire line
574 ^V quote-char quote the next typed key
575 <Up> history-up recall previous string from history
576 <Down> history-down recall next string from history
577 <BackSpace> backspace kill the char in front of the cursor
578 Esc u upcase-word convert word to upper case
579 Esc l downcase-word convert word to lower case
580 Esc c capitalize-word capitalize the word
582 <Return> n/a finish editing
584 You can remap the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br functions using the ``bind'' command. For
585 example, to make the _
\bD_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be key delete the character in front of the
586 cursor rather than under, you could use
588 bind editor <delete> backspace
590 2
\b2.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. R
\bRe
\bea
\bad
\bdi
\bin
\bng
\bg M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bl -
\b- T
\bTh
\bhe
\be I
\bIn
\bnd
\bde
\bex
\bx a
\ban
\bnd
\bd P
\bPa
\bag
\bge
\ber
\br
592 Similar to many other mail clients, there are two modes in which mail
593 is read in Mutt. The first is the index of messages in the mailbox,
594 which is called the ``index'' in Mutt. The second mode is the display
595 of the message contents. This is called the ``pager.''
597 The next few sections describe the functions provided in each of these
600 2
\b2.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. T
\bTh
\bhe
\be M
\bMe
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be I
\bIn
\bnd
\bde
\bex
\bx
602 c change to a different mailbox
603 ESC c change to a folder in read-only mode
604 C copy the current message to another mailbox
605 ESC C decode a message and copy it to a folder
606 ESC s decode a message and save it to a folder
607 D delete messages matching a pattern
608 d delete the current message
610 l show messages matching a pattern
611 N mark message as new
612 o change the current sort method
613 O reverse sort the mailbox
614 q save changes and exit
616 T tag messages matching a pattern
617 t toggle the tag on a message
618 ESC t toggle tag on entire message thread
619 U undelete messages matching a pattern
622 x abort changes and exit
623 <Return> display-message
624 <Tab> jump to the next new message
625 @ show the author's full e-mail address
626 $ save changes to mailbox
629 ^L clear and redraw the screen
630 ^T untag messages matching a pattern
632 2
\b2.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b1.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. S
\bSt
\bta
\bat
\btu
\bus
\bs F
\bFl
\bla
\bag
\bgs
\bs
634 In addition to who sent the message and the subject, a short summary
635 of the disposition of each message is printed beside the message
636 number. Zero or more of the following ``flags'' may appear, which
639 D
\bD message is deleted (is marked for deletion)
641 d
\bd message have attachments marked for deletion
643 K
\bK contains a PGP public key
649 P
\bP message is PGP encrypted
651 r
\br message has been replied to
653 S
\bS message is signed, and the signature is succesfully verified
655 s
\bs message is signed
657 !
\b! message is flagged
659 *
\b* message is tagged
661 Some of the status flags can be turned on or off using
663 +
\bo s
\bse
\bet
\bt-
\b-f
\bfl
\bla
\bag
\bg (default: w)
665 +
\bo c
\bcl
\ble
\bea
\bar
\br-
\b-f
\bfl
\bla
\bag
\bg (default: W)
667 Furthermore, the following flags reflect who the message is addressed
668 to. They can be customized with the ``$to_chars'' variable.
670 +
\b+ message is to you and you only
672 T
\bT message is to you, but also to or cc'ed to others
674 C
\bC message is cc'ed to you
676 F
\bF message is from you
678 L
\bL message is sent to a subscribed mailing list
680 2
\b2.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. T
\bTh
\bhe
\be P
\bPa
\bag
\bge
\ber
\br
682 By default, Mutt uses its builtin pager to display the body of
683 messages. The pager is very similar to the Unix program _
\bl_
\be_
\bs_
\bs though
684 not nearly as featureful.
686 <Return> go down one line
687 <Space> display the next page (or next message if at the end of a message)
688 - go back to the previous page
689 n search for next match
690 S skip beyond quoted text
691 T toggle display of quoted text
693 / search for a regular expression (pattern)
694 ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
695 \ toggle search pattern coloring
696 ^ jump to the top of the message
698 In addition, many of the functions from the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx are available in the
699 pager, such as _
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be or _
\bc_
\bo_
\bp_
\by_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be (this is one advantage
700 over using an external pager to view messages).
702 Also, the internal pager supports a couple other advanced features.
703 For one, it will accept and translate the ``standard'' nroff sequences
704 for bold and underline. These sequences are a series of either the
705 letter, backspace (^H), the letter again for bold or the letter,
706 backspace, ``_'' for denoting underline. Mutt will attempt to display
707 these in bold and underline respectively if your terminal supports
708 them. If not, you can use the bold and underline ``color'' objects to
709 specify a color or mono attribute for them.
711 Additionally, the internal pager supports the ANSI escape sequences
712 for character attributes. Mutt translates them into the correct color
713 and character settings. The sequences Mutt supports are:
715 ESC [ Ps;Ps;Ps;...;Ps m
722 3x Foreground color is x
723 4x Background color is x
735 Mutt uses these attributes for handling text/enriched messages, and
736 they can also be used by an external ``autoview'' script for
737 highlighting purposes. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you change the colors for your
738 display, for example by changing the color associated with color2 for
739 your xterm, then that color will be used instead of green.
741 2
\b2.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. T
\bTh
\bhr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bde
\bed
\bd M
\bMo
\bod
\bde
\be
743 When the mailbox is ``sorted'' by _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs, there are a few additional
744 functions available in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx and _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br modes.
746 ^D delete-thread delete all messages in the current thread
747 ^U undelete-thread undelete all messages in the current thread
748 ^N next-thread jump to the start of the next thread
749 ^P previous-thread jump to the start of the previous thread
750 ^R read-thread mark the current thread as read
751 ESC d delete-subthread delete all messages in the current subthread
752 ESC u undelete-subthread undelete all messages in the current subthread
753 ESC n next-subthread jump to the start of the next subthread
754 ESC p previous-subthread jump to the start of the previous subthread
755 ESC r read-subthread mark the current subthread as read
756 ESC t tag-thread toggle the tag on the current thread
757 ESC v collapse-thread toggle collapse for the current thread
758 ESC V collapse-all toggle collapse for all threads
759 P parent-message jump to parent message in thread
761 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Collapsing a thread displays only the first message in the
762 thread and hides the others. This is useful when threads contain so
763 many messages that you can only see a handful of threads on the
764 screen. See %M in ``$index_format''. For example, you could use
765 "%?M?(#%03M)&(%4l)?" in ``$index_format'' to optionally display the
766 number of hidden messages if the thread is collapsed.
768 See also: ``$strict_threads''.
770 2
\b2.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. M
\bMi
\bis
\bsc
\bce
\bel
\bll
\bla
\ban
\bne
\beo
\bou
\bus
\bs F
\bFu
\bun
\bnc
\bct
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bns
\bs
772 c
\bcr
\bre
\bea
\bat
\bte
\be-
\b-a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bs (default: a)
774 Creates a new alias based upon the current message (or prompts for a
775 new one). Once editing is complete, an ``alias'' command is added to
776 the file specified by the ``$alias_file'' variable for future use.
777 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Specifying an ``$alias_file'' does not add the aliases specified
778 there-in, you must also ``source'' the file.
780 c
\bch
\bhe
\bec
\bck
\bk-
\b-t
\btr
\bra
\bad
\bdi
\bit
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bna
\bal
\bl-
\b-p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp (default: ESC P)
782 This function will search the current message for content signed or
783 encrypted with PGP the "traditional" way, that is, without proper MIME
784 tagging. Technically, this function will temporarily change the MIME
785 content types of the body parts containing PGP data; this is similar
786 to the ``edit-type'' function's effect.
788 d
\bdi
\bis
\bsp
\bpl
\bla
\bay
\by-
\b-t
\bto
\bog
\bgg
\bgl
\ble
\be-
\b-w
\bwe
\bee
\bed
\bd (default: h)
790 Toggles the weeding of message header fields specified by ``ignore''
793 e
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bt (default: e)
795 This command (available in the ``index'' and ``pager'') allows you to
796 edit the raw current message as it's present in the mail folder.
797 After you have finished editing, the changed message will be appended
798 to the current folder, and the original message will be marked for
801 e
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bt-
\b-t
\bty
\byp
\bpe
\be
802 (default: ^E on the attachment menu, and in the pager and index menus;
803 ^T on the compose menu)
805 This command is used to temporarily edit an attachment's content type
806 to fix, for instance, bogus character set parameters. When invoked
807 from the index or from the pager, you'll have the opportunity to edit
808 the top-level attachment's content type. On the ``attachment menu'',
809 you can change any attachment's content type. These changes are not
810 persistent, and get lost upon changing folders.
812 Note that this command is also available on the ``compose menu''.
813 There, it's used to fine-tune the properties of attachments you are
816 e
\ben
\bnt
\bte
\ber
\br-
\b-c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd (default: ``:'')
818 This command is used to execute any command you would normally put in
819 a configuration file. A common use is to check the settings of
820 variables, or in conjunction with ``macros'' to change settings on the
823 e
\bex
\bxt
\btr
\bra
\bac
\bct
\bt-
\b-k
\bke
\bey
\bys
\bs (default: ^K)
825 This command extracts PGP public keys from the current or tagged
826 message(s) and adds them to your PGP public key ring.
828 f
\bfo
\bor
\brg
\bge
\bet
\bt-
\b-p
\bpa
\bas
\bss
\bsp
\bph
\bhr
\bra
\bas
\bse
\be (default: ^F)
830 This command wipes the passphrase(s) from memory. It is useful, if you
831 misspelled the passphrase.
833 l
\bli
\bis
\bst
\bt-
\b-r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\by (default: L)
835 Reply to the current or tagged message(s) by extracting any addresses
836 which match the regular expressions given by the ``lists or
837 subscribe'' commands, but also honor any Mail-Followup-To header(s) if
838 the ``$honor_followup_to'' configuration variable is set. Using this
839 when replying to messages posted to mailing lists helps avoid
840 duplicate copies being sent to the author of the message you are
843 p
\bpi
\bip
\bpe
\be-
\b-m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be (default: |)
845 Asks for an external Unix command and pipes the current or tagged
846 message(s) to it. The variables ``$pipe_decode'', ``$pipe_split'',
847 ``$pipe_sep'' and ``$wait_key'' control the exact behaviour of this
850 r
\bre
\bes
\bse
\ben
\bnd
\bd-
\b-m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be (default: ESC e)
852 With resend-message, mutt takes the current message as a template for
853 a new message. This function is best described as "recall from
854 arbitrary folders". It can conveniently be used to forward MIME
855 messages while preserving the original mail structure. Note that the
856 amount of headers included here depends on the value of the ``$weed''
859 This function is also available from the attachment menu. You can use
860 this to easily resend a message which was included with a bounce
861 message as a message/rfc822 body part.
863 s
\bsh
\bhe
\bel
\bll
\bl-
\b-e
\bes
\bsc
\bca
\bap
\bpe
\be (default: !)
865 Asks for an external Unix command and executes it. The ``$wait_key''
866 can be used to control whether Mutt will wait for a key to be pressed
867 when the command returns (presumably to let the user read the output
868 of the command), based on the return status of the named command.
870 t
\bto
\bog
\bgg
\bgl
\ble
\be-
\b-q
\bqu
\buo
\bot
\bte
\bed
\bd (default: T)
872 The _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br uses the ``$quote_regexp'' variable to detect quoted text
873 when displaying the body of the message. This function toggles the
874 display of the quoted material in the message. It is particularly
875 useful when are interested in just the response and there is a large
876 amount of quoted text in the way.
878 s
\bsk
\bki
\bip
\bp-
\b-q
\bqu
\buo
\bot
\bte
\bed
\bd (default: S)
880 This function will go to the next line of non-quoted text which come
881 after a line of quoted text in the internal pager.
883 2
\b2.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. S
\bSe
\ben
\bnd
\bdi
\bin
\bng
\bg M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bl
885 The following bindings are available in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx for sending
888 m compose compose a new message
889 r reply reply to sender
890 g group-reply reply to all recipients
891 L list-reply reply to mailing list address
892 f forward forward message
893 b bounce bounce (remail) message
894 ESC k mail-key mail a PGP public key to someone
896 Bouncing a message sends the message as is to the recipient you
897 specify. Forwarding a message allows you to add comments or modify
898 the message you are forwarding. These items are discussed in greater
899 detail in the next chapter ````Forwarding and Bouncing Mail''''.
901 Mutt will then enter the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu and prompt you for the
902 recipients to place on the ``To:'' header field. Next, it will ask
903 you for the ``Subject:'' field for the message, providing a default if
904 you are replying to or forwarding a message. See also ``$askcc'',
905 ``$askbcc'', ``$autoedit'', ``$bounce'', and ``$fast_reply'' for
906 changing how Mutt asks these questions.
908 Mutt will then automatically start your ``$editor'' on the message
909 body. If the ``$edit_headers'' variable is set, the headers will be
910 at the top of the message in your editor. Any messages you are
911 replying to will be added in sort order to the message, with
912 appropriate ``$attribution'', ``$indent_string'' and
913 ``$post_indent_string''. When forwarding a message, if the
914 ``$mime_forward'' variable is unset, a copy of the forwarded message
915 will be included. If you have specified a ``$signature'', it will be
916 appended to the message.
918 Once you have finished editing the body of your mail message, you are
919 returned to the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu. The following options are available:
921 a attach-file attach a file
922 A attach-message attach message(s) to the message
923 ESC k attach-key attach a PGP public key
924 d edit-description edit description on attachment
925 D detach-file detach a file
926 t edit-to edit the To field
927 ESC f edit-from edit the From field
928 r edit-reply-to edit the Reply-To field
929 c edit-cc edit the Cc field
930 b edit-bcc edit the Bcc field
931 y send-message send the message
932 s edit-subject edit the Subject
933 S smime-menu select S/MIME options
934 f edit-fcc specify an ``Fcc'' mailbox
935 p pgp-menu select PGP options
936 P postpone-message postpone this message until later
937 q quit quit (abort) sending the message
938 w write-fcc write the message to a folder
939 i ispell check spelling (if available on your system)
940 ^F forget-passphrase wipe passphrase(s) from memory
942 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The attach-message function will prompt you for a folder to
943 attach messages from. You can now tag messages in that folder and they
944 will be attached to the message you are sending. Note that certain
945 operations like composing a new mail, replying, forwarding, etc. are
946 not permitted when you are in that folder. The %r in
947 ``$status_format'' will change to a 'A' to indicate that you are in
950 2
\b2.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. E
\bEd
\bdi
\bit
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bg t
\bth
\bhe
\be m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be h
\bhe
\bea
\bad
\bde
\ber
\br
952 When editing the header of your outgoing message, there are a couple
953 of special features available.
956 Fcc: _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
957 Mutt will pick up _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be just as if you had used the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b-_
\bf_
\bc_
\bc
958 function in the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu.
960 You can also attach files to your message by specifying
961 Attach: _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ]
962 where _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be is the file to attach and _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn is an optional
963 string to use as the description of the attached file.
965 When replying to messages, if you remove the _
\bI_
\bn_
\b-_
\bR_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b-_
\bT_
\bo_
\b: field from
966 the header field, Mutt will not generate a _
\bR_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs_
\b: field, which
967 allows you to create a new message thread.
969 Also see ``edit_headers''.
971 2
\b2.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. U
\bUs
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt w
\bwi
\bit
\bth
\bh P
\bPG
\bGP
\bP
973 If you want to use PGP, you can specify
975 Pgp: [ E | S | S_
\b<_
\bi_
\bd_
\b> ]
977 ``E'' encrypts, ``S'' signs and ``S<id>'' signs with the given key,
978 setting ``$pgp_sign_as'' permanently.
980 If you have told mutt to PGP encrypt a message, it will guide you
981 through a key selection process when you try to send the message.
982 Mutt will not ask you any questions about keys which have a certified
983 user ID matching one of the message recipients' mail addresses.
984 However, there may be situations in which there are several keys,
985 weakly certified user ID fields, or where no matching keys can be
988 In these cases, you are dropped into a menu with a list of keys from
989 which you can select one. When you quit this menu, or mutt can't find
990 any matching keys, you are prompted for a user ID. You can, as
991 usually, abort this prompt using ^G. When you do so, mutt will return
992 to the compose screen.
994 Once you have successfully finished the key selection, the message
995 will be encrypted using the selected public keys, and sent out.
997 Most fields of the entries in the key selection menu (see also
998 ``$pgp_entry_format'') have obvious meanings. But some explanations
999 on the capabilities, flags, and validity fields are in order.
1001 The flags sequence (%f) will expand to one of the following flags:
1003 R The key has been revoked and can't be used.
1004 X The key is expired and can't be used.
1005 d You have marked the key as disabled.
1006 c There are unknown critical self-signature
1009 The capabilities field (%c) expands to a two-character sequence
1010 representing a key's capabilities. The first character gives the
1011 key's encryption capabilities: A minus sign (-
\b-) means that the key
1012 cannot be used for encryption. A dot (.
\b.) means that it's marked as a
1013 signature key in one of the user IDs, but may also be used for
1014 encryption. The letter e
\be indicates that this key can be used for
1017 The second character indicates the key's signing capabilities. Once
1018 again, a ``-
\b-'' implies ``not for signing'', ``.
\b.'' implies that the key
1019 is marked as an encryption key in one of the user-ids, and ``s
\bs''
1020 denotes a key which can be used for signing.
1022 Finally, the validity field (%t) indicates how well-certified a user-
1023 id is. A question mark (?
\b?) indicates undefined validity, a minus
1024 character (-
\b-) marks an untrusted association, a space character means
1025 a partially trusted association, and a plus character (+
\b+) indicates
1028 2
\b2.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. S
\bSe
\ben
\bnd
\bdi
\bin
\bng
\bg a
\ban
\bno
\bon
\bny
\bym
\bmo
\bou
\bus
\bs m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\bes
\bs v
\bvi
\bia
\ba m
\bmi
\bix
\bxm
\bma
\bas
\bst
\bte
\ber
\br.
\b.
1030 You may also have configured mutt to co-operate with Mixmaster, an
1031 anonymous remailer. Mixmaster permits you to send your messages
1032 anonymously using a chain of remailers. Mixmaster support in mutt is
1033 for mixmaster version 2.04 (beta 45 appears to be the latest) and
1034 2.03. It does not support earlier versions or the later so-called
1035 version 3 betas, of which the latest appears to be called 2.9b23.
1037 To use it, you'll have to obey certain restrictions. Most important,
1038 you cannot use the Cc and Bcc headers. To tell Mutt to use mixmaster,
1039 you have to select a remailer chain, using the mix function on the
1042 The chain selection screen is divided into two parts. In the (larger)
1043 upper part, you get a list of remailers you may use. In the lower
1044 part, you see the currently selected chain of remailers.
1046 You can navigate in the chain using the chain-prev and chain-next
1047 functions, which are by default bound to the left and right arrows and
1048 to the h and l keys (think vi keyboard bindings). To insert a
1049 remailer at the current chain position, use the insert function. To
1050 append a remailer behind the current chain position, use select-entry
1051 or append. You can also delete entries from the chain, using the
1052 corresponding function. Finally, to abandon your changes, leave the
1053 menu, or accept them pressing (by default) the Return key.
1055 Note that different remailers do have different capabilities,
1056 indicated in the %c entry of the remailer menu lines (see
1057 ``$mix_entry_format''). Most important is the ``middleman''
1058 capability, indicated by a capital ``M'': This means that the remailer
1059 in question cannot be used as the final element of a chain, but will
1060 only forward messages to other mixmaster remailers. For details on
1061 the other capabilities, please have a look at the mixmaster
1064 2
\b2.
\b.5
\b5.
\b. F
\bFo
\bor
\brw
\bwa
\bar
\brd
\bdi
\bin
\bng
\bg a
\ban
\bnd
\bd B
\bBo
\bou
\bun
\bnc
\bci
\bin
\bng
\bg M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bl
1066 Bouncing and forwarding let you send an existing message to recipients
1067 that you specify. Bouncing a message uses the ``sendmail'' command to
1068 send a copy to alternative addresses as if they were the message's
1069 original recipients. Forwarding a message, on the other hand, allows
1070 you to modify the message before it is resent (for example, by adding
1072 The following keys are bound by default:
1074 f forward forward message
1075 b bounce bounce (remail) message
1077 Forwarding can be done by including the original message in the new
1078 message's body (surrounded by indicating lines) or including it as a
1079 MIME attachment, depending on the value of the ``$mime_forward''
1080 variable. Decoding of attachments, like in the pager, can be
1081 controlled by the ``$forward_decode'' and ``$mime_forward_decode''
1082 variables, respectively. The desired forwarding format may depend on
1083 the content, therefore _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd is a quadoption which, for
1084 example, can be set to ``ask-no''.
1086 The inclusion of headers is controlled by the current setting of the
1087 ``$weed'' variable, unless ``mime_forward'' is set.
1089 Editing the message to forward follows the same procedure as sending
1090 or replying to a message does.
1092 2
\b2.
\b.6
\b6.
\b. P
\bPo
\bos
\bst
\btp
\bpo
\bon
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bl
1094 At times it is desirable to delay sending a message that you have
1095 already begun to compose. When the _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be function is used
1096 in the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu, the body of your message and attachments are
1097 stored in the mailbox specified by the ``$postponed'' variable. This
1098 means that you can recall the message even if you exit Mutt and then
1099 restart it at a later time.
1101 Once a message is postponed, there are several ways to resume it.
1102 From the command line you can use the ``-p'' option, or if you _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be
1103 a new message from the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx or _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br you will be prompted if
1104 postponed messages exist. If multiple messages are currently
1105 postponed, the _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd menu will pop up and you can select which
1106 message you would like to resume.
1108 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you postpone a reply to a message, the reply setting of the
1109 message is only updated when you actually finish the message and send
1110 it. Also, you must be in the same folder with the message you replied
1111 to for the status of the message to be updated.
1113 See also the ``$postpone'' quad-option.
1115 2
\b2.
\b.7
\b7.
\b. R
\bRe
\bea
\bad
\bdi
\bin
\bng
\bg n
\bne
\bew
\bws
\bs v
\bvi
\bia
\ba N
\bNN
\bNT
\bTP
\bP
1117 If compiled with ``--enable-nntp'' option, Mutt can read news from
1118 newsserver via NNTP. You can open a newsgroup with function ``change-
1119 newsgroup'' (default: i). Default newsserver can be obtained from
1120 _
\bN_
\bN_
\bT_
\bP_
\bS_
\bE_
\bR_
\bV_
\bE_
\bR environment variable. Like other news readers, info about
1121 subscribed newsgroups is saved in file by ``$newsrc'' variable.
1122 Article headers are cached and can be loaded from file when newsgroup
1123 entered instead loading from newsserver.
1125 3
\b3.
\b. C
\bCo
\bon
\bnf
\bfi
\big
\bgu
\bur
\bra
\bat
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn
1127 While the default configuration (or ``preferences'') make Mutt-ng
1128 usable right out of the box, it is often desirable to tailor Mutt to
1129 suit your own tastes. When Mutt-ng is first invoked, it will attempt
1130 to read the ``system'' configuration file (defaults set by your local
1131 system administrator), unless the ``-n'' ``command line'' option is
1132 specified. This file is typically /usr/local/share/muttng/Muttngrc or
1133 /etc/Muttngrc, Mutt-ng users will find this file in
1134 /usr/local/share/muttng/Muttrc or /etc/Muttngrc. Mutt will next look
1135 for a file named .muttrc in your home directory, Mutt-ng will look for
1136 .muttngrc. If this file does not exist and your home directory has a
1137 subdirectory named .mutt, mutt try to load a file named
1140 .muttrc (or .muttngrc for Mutt-ng) is the file where you will usually
1141 place your ``commands'' to configure Mutt.
1143 In addition, mutt supports version specific configuration files that
1144 are parsed instead of the default files as explained above. For
1145 instance, if your system has a Muttrc-0.88 file in the system
1146 configuration directory, and you are running version 0.88 of mutt,
1147 this file will be sourced instead of the Muttrc file. The same is
1148 true of the user configuration file, if you have a file .muttrc-0.88.6
1149 in your home directory, when you run mutt version 0.88.6, it will
1150 source this file instead of the default .muttrc file. The version
1151 number is the same which is visible using the ``-v'' ``command line''
1152 switch or using the show-version key (default: V) from the index menu.
1154 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. S
\bSy
\byn
\bnt
\bta
\bax
\bx o
\bof
\bf I
\bIn
\bni
\bit
\bti
\bia
\bal
\bli
\biz
\bza
\bat
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn F
\bFi
\bil
\ble
\bes
\bs
1156 An initialization file consists of a series of ``commands''. Each
1157 line of the file may contain one or more commands. When multiple
1158 commands are used, they must be separated by a semicolon (;).
1160 set realname='Mutt user' ; ignore x-
1162 The hash mark, or pound sign (``#''), is used as a ``comment'' charac-
1163 ter. You can use it to annotate your initialization file. All text
1164 after the comment character to the end of the line is ignored. For
1167 my_hdr X-Disclaimer: Why are you listening to me? # This is a comment
1169 Single quotes (') and double quotes (") can be used to quote strings
1170 which contain spaces or other special characters. The difference
1171 between the two types of quotes is similar to that of many popular
1172 shell programs, namely that a single quote is used to specify a
1173 literal string (one that is not interpreted for shell variables or
1174 quoting with a backslash [see next paragraph]), while double quotes
1175 indicate a string for which should be evaluated. For example,
1176 backtics are evaluated inside of double quotes, but n
\bno
\bot
\bt for single
1179 \ quotes the next character, just as in shells such as bash and zsh.
1180 For example, if want to put quotes ``"'' inside of a string, you can
1181 use ``\'' to force the next character to be a literal instead of
1182 interpreted character.
1184 set realname="Michael \"MuttDude\" Elkins"
1186 ``\\'' means to insert a literal ``\'' into the line. ``\n'' and
1187 ``\r'' have their usual C meanings of linefeed and carriage-return,
1190 A \ at the end of a line can be used to split commands over multiple
1191 lines, provided that the split points don't appear in the middle of
1194 It is also possible to substitute the output of a Unix command in an
1195 initialization file. This is accomplished by enclosing the command in
1196 backquotes (``). For example,
1198 my_hdr X-Operating-System: `uname -a`
1200 The output of the Unix command ``uname -a'' will be substituted before
1201 the line is parsed. Note that since initialization files are line
1202 oriented, only the first line of output from the Unix command will be
1205 UNIX environments can be accessed like the way it is done in shells
1206 like sh and bash: Prepend the name of the environment by a ``$''. For
1209 set record=+sent_on_$HOSTNAME
1211 The commands understood by mutt are explained in the next paragraphs.
1212 For a complete list, see the ``command reference''.
1214 3
\b3.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. D
\bDe
\bef
\bfi
\bin
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg/
\b/U
\bUs
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bse
\bes
\bs
1216 Usage: alias _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ , _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs, ... ]
1218 It's usually very cumbersome to remember or type out the address of
1219 someone you are communicating with. Mutt allows you to create
1220 ``aliases'' which map a short string to a full address.
1222 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if you want to create an alias for a group (by specifying more
1223 than one address), you m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt separate the addresses with a comma
1226 To remove an alias or aliases (``*'' means all aliases):
1228 unalias [ * | _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\b._
\b._
\b. ]
1230 alias muttdude me@cs.hmc.edu (Michael Elkins)
1231 alias theguys manny, moe, jack
1233 Unlike other mailers, Mutt doesn't require aliases to be defined in a
1234 special file. The alias command can appear anywhere in a
1235 configuration file, as long as this file is ``sourced''.
1236 Consequently, you can have multiple alias files, or you can have all
1237 aliases defined in your muttrc.
1239 On the other hand, the ``create-alias'' function can use only one
1240 file, the one pointed to by the ``$alias_file'' variable (which is
1241 ~/.muttrc by default). This file is not special either, in the sense
1242 that Mutt will happily append aliases to any file, but in order for
1243 the new aliases to take effect you need to explicitly ``source'' this
1248 source /usr/local/share/Mutt.aliases
1249 source ~/.mail_aliases
1250 set alias_file=~/.mail_aliases
1252 To use aliases, you merely use the alias at any place in mutt where
1253 mutt prompts for addresses, such as the _
\bT_
\bo_
\b: or _
\bC_
\bc_
\b: prompt. You can
1254 also enter aliases in your editor at the appropriate headers if you
1255 have the ``$edit_headers'' variable set.
1257 In addition, at the various address prompts, you can use the tab
1258 character to expand a partial alias to the full alias. If there are
1259 multiple matches, mutt will bring up a menu with the matching aliases.
1260 In order to be presented with the full list of aliases, you must hit
1261 tab with out a partial alias, such as at the beginning of the prompt
1262 or after a comma denoting multiple addresses.
1264 In the alias menu, you can select as many aliases as you want with the
1265 _
\bs_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by key (default: RET), and use the _
\be_
\bx_
\bi_
\bt key (default: q) to
1266 return to the address prompt.
1268 3
\b3.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. C
\bCh
\bha
\ban
\bng
\bgi
\bin
\bng
\bg t
\bth
\bhe
\be d
\bde
\bef
\bfa
\bau
\bul
\blt
\bt k
\bke
\bey
\by b
\bbi
\bin
\bnd
\bdi
\bin
\bng
\bgs
\bs
1270 Usage: bind _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
1272 This command allows you to change the default key bindings (operation
1273 invoked when pressing a key).
1275 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp specifies in which menu the binding belongs. Multiple maps may be
1276 specified by separating them with commas (no additional whitespace is
1277 allowed). The currently defined maps are:
1279 g
\bge
\ben
\bne
\ber
\bri
\bic
\bc
1280 This is not a real menu, but is used as a fallback for all of
1281 the other menus except for the pager and editor modes. If a key
1282 is not defined in another menu, Mutt will look for a binding to
1283 use in this menu. This allows you to bind a key to a certain
1284 function in multiple menus instead of having multiple bind
1285 statements to accomplish the same task.
1287 a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bs
1288 The alias menu is the list of your personal aliases as defined
1289 in your muttrc. It is the mapping from a short alias name to
1290 the full email address(es) of the recipient(s).
1292 a
\bat
\btt
\bta
\bac
\bch
\bh
1293 The attachment menu is used to access the attachments on
1296 b
\bbr
\bro
\bow
\bws
\bse
\ber
\br
1297 The browser is used for both browsing the local directory
1298 structure, and for listing all of your incoming mailboxes.
1300 e
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bto
\bor
\br
1301 The editor is the line-based editor the user enters text data.
1303 i
\bin
\bnd
\bde
\bex
\bx
1304 The index is the list of messages contained in a mailbox.
1306 c
\bco
\bom
\bmp
\bpo
\bos
\bse
\be
1307 The compose menu is the screen used when sending a new message.
1309 p
\bpa
\bag
\bge
\ber
\br
1310 The pager is the mode used to display message/attachment data,
1314 The pgp menu is used to select the OpenPGP keys used for
1315 encrypting outgoing messages.
1317 p
\bpo
\bos
\bst
\btp
\bpo
\bon
\bne
\be
1318 The postpone menu is similar to the index menu, except is used
1319 when recalling a message the user was composing, but saved until
1322 _
\bk_
\be_
\by is the key (or key sequence) you wish to bind. To specify a
1323 control character, use the sequence _
\b\_
\bC_
\bx, where _
\bx is the letter of the
1324 control character (for example, to specify control-A use ``\Ca'').
1325 Note that the case of _
\bx as well as _
\b\_
\bC is ignored, so that _
\b\_
\bC_
\bA, _
\b\_
\bC_
\ba,
1326 _
\b\_
\bc_
\bA and _
\b\_
\bc_
\ba are all equivalent. An alternative form is to specify the
1327 key as a three digit octal number prefixed with a ``\'' (for example
1328 _
\b\_
\b1_
\b7_
\b7 is equivalent to _
\b\_
\bc_
\b?).
1330 In addition, _
\bk_
\be_
\by may consist of:
1343 <pagedown> Page Down
1344 <backspace> Backspace
1353 <f10> function key 10
1355 _
\bk_
\be_
\by does not need to be enclosed in quotes unless it contains a space
1358 _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn specifies which action to take when _
\bk_
\be_
\by is pressed. For a
1359 complete list of functions, see the ``reference''. The special
1360 function noop unbinds the specified key sequence.
1362 3
\b3.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. D
\bDe
\bef
\bfi
\bin
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bse
\bes
\bs f
\bfo
\bor
\br c
\bch
\bha
\bar
\bra
\bac
\bct
\bte
\ber
\br s
\bse
\bet
\bts
\bs
1364 Usage: charset-hook _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
1365 Usage: iconv-hook _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\b-_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
1367 The charset-hook command defines an alias for a character set. This
1368 is useful to properly display messages which are tagged with a
1369 character set name not known to mutt.
1371 The iconv-hook command defines a system-specific name for a character
1372 set. This is helpful when your systems character conversion library
1373 insists on using strange, system-specific names for character sets.
1375 3
\b3.
\b.5
\b5.
\b. S
\bSe
\bet
\btt
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bg v
\bva
\bar
\bri
\bia
\bab
\bbl
\ble
\bes
\bs b
\bba
\bas
\bse
\bed
\bd u
\bup
\bpo
\bon
\bn m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blb
\bbo
\box
\bx
1377 Usage: folder-hook [!]_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1379 It is often desirable to change settings based on which mailbox you
1380 are reading. The folder-hook command provides a method by which you
1381 can execute any configuration command. _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp is a regular expression
1382 specifying in which mailboxes to execute _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd before loading. If a
1383 mailbox matches multiple folder-hook's, they are executed in the order
1384 given in the muttrc.
1386 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if you use the ``!'' shortcut for ``$spoolfile'' at the
1387 beginning of the pattern, you must place it inside of double or single
1388 quotes in order to distinguish it from the logical _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt operator for
1391 Note that the settings are _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt restored when you leave the mailbox.
1392 For example, a command action to perform is to change the sorting
1393 method based upon the mailbox being read:
1395 folder-hook mutt set sort=threads
1397 However, the sorting method is not restored to its previous value when
1398 reading a different mailbox. To specify a _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt command, use the
1401 folder-hook . set sort=date-sent
1403 3
\b3.
\b.6
\b6.
\b. K
\bKe
\bey
\byb
\bbo
\boa
\bar
\brd
\bd m
\bma
\bac
\bcr
\bro
\bos
\bs
1405 Usage: macro _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be [ _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ]
1407 Macros are useful when you would like a single key to perform a series
1408 of actions. When you press _
\bk_
\be_
\by in menu _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, Mutt will behave as if
1409 you had typed _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be. So if you have a common sequence of commands
1410 you type, you can create a macro to execute those commands with a
1413 _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu is the ``map'' which the macro will be bound. Multiple maps may
1414 be specified by separating multiple menu arguments by commas.
1415 Whitespace may not be used in between the menu arguments and the
1416 commas separating them.
1418 _
\bk_
\be_
\by and _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be are expanded by the same rules as the ``key
1419 bindings''. There are some additions however. The first is that
1420 control characters in _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be can also be specified as _
\b^_
\bx. In order
1421 to get a caret (`^'') you need to use _
\b^_
\b^. Secondly, to specify a
1422 certain key such as _
\bu_
\bp or to invoke a function directly, you can use
1423 the format _
\b<_
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\b> and _
\b<_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\b>. For a listing of key names
1424 see the section on ``key bindings''. Functions are listed in the
1425 ``function reference''.
1427 The advantage with using function names directly is that the macros
1428 will work regardless of the current key bindings, so they are not
1429 dependent on the user having particular key definitions. This makes
1430 them more robust and portable, and also facilitates defining of macros
1431 in files used by more than one user (eg. the system Muttrc).
1433 Optionally you can specify a descriptive text after _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be, which is
1434 shown in the help screens.
1436 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Macro definitions (if any) listed in the help screen(s), are
1437 silently truncated at the screen width, and are not wrapped.
1439 3
\b3.
\b.7
\b7.
\b. U
\bUs
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg c
\bco
\bol
\blo
\bor
\br a
\ban
\bnd
\bd m
\bmo
\bon
\bno
\bo v
\bvi
\bid
\bde
\beo
\bo a
\bat
\btt
\btr
\bri
\bib
\bbu
\but
\bte
\bes
\bs
1441 Usage: color _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
1442 Usage: color index _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
1443 Usage: uncolor index _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1444 If your terminal supports color, you can spice up Mutt by creating
1445 your own color scheme. To define the color of an object (type of
1446 information), you must specify both a foreground color a
\ban
\bnd
\bd a
1447 background color (it is not possible to only specify one or the
1450 _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt can be one of:
1454 +
\bo body (match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp in the body of messages)
1456 +
\bo bold (hiliting bold patterns in the body of messages)
1458 +
\bo error (error messages printed by Mutt)
1460 +
\bo header (match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp in the message header)
1462 +
\bo hdrdefault (default color of the message header in the pager)
1464 +
\bo index (match _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn in the message index)
1466 +
\bo indicator (arrow or bar used to indicate the current item in a
1469 +
\bo markers (the ``+'' markers at the beginning of wrapped lines in the
1472 +
\bo message (informational messages)
1476 +
\bo quoted (text matching ``$quote_regexp'' in the body of a message)
1478 +
\bo quoted1, quoted2, ..., quotedN
\bN (higher levels of quoting)
1480 +
\bo search (hiliting of words in the pager)
1484 +
\bo status (mode lines used to display info about the mailbox or
1487 +
\bo tilde (the ``~'' used to pad blank lines in the pager)
1489 +
\bo tree (thread tree drawn in the message index and attachment menu)
1491 +
\bo underline (hiliting underlined patterns in the body of messages)
1493 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd and _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd can be one of the following:
1515 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd can optionally be prefixed with the keyword bright to make
1516 the foreground color boldfaced (e.g., brightred).
1518 If your terminal supports it, the special keyword _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt can be used
1519 as a transparent color. The value _
\bb_
\br_
\bi_
\bg_
\bh_
\bt_
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt is also valid. If
1520 Mutt is linked against the _
\bS_
\b-_
\bL_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg library, you also need to set the
1521 _
\bC_
\bO_
\bL_
\bO_
\bR_
\bF_
\bG_
\bB_
\bG environment variable to the default colors of your terminal
1522 for this to work; for example (for Bourne-like shells):
1524 set COLORFGBG="green;black"
1527 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The _
\bS_
\b-_
\bL_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg library requires you to use the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bg_
\bh_
\bt_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\by and _
\bb_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bn
1528 keywords instead of _
\bw_
\bh_
\bi_
\bt_
\be and _
\by_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw when setting this variable.
1530 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The uncolor command can be applied to the index object only. It
1531 removes entries from the list. You m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt specify the same pattern
1532 specified in the color command for it to be removed. The pattern
1533 ``*'' is a special token which means to clear the color index list of
1536 Mutt also recognizes the keywords _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br_
\b0, _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br_
\b1, ..., _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\brN
\bN-
\b-1
\b1 (N
\bN
1537 being the number of colors supported by your terminal). This is
1538 useful when you remap the colors for your display (for example by
1539 changing the color associated with _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br_
\b2 for your xterm), since color
1540 names may then lose their normal meaning.
1542 If your terminal does not support color, it is still possible change
1543 the video attributes through the use of the ``mono'' command:
1545 Usage: mono _
\b<_
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b> _
\b<_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be_
\b> [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
1546 Usage: mono index _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
1547 Usage: unmono index _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1549 where _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be is one of the following:
1561 3
\b3.
\b.8
\b8.
\b. I
\bIg
\bgn
\bno
\bor
\bri
\bin
\bng
\bg (
\b(w
\bwe
\bee
\bed
\bdi
\bin
\bng
\bg)
\b) u
\bun
\bnw
\bwa
\ban
\bnt
\bte
\bed
\bd m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be h
\bhe
\bea
\bad
\bde
\ber
\brs
\bs
1563 Usage: [un]ignore _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1565 Messages often have many header fields added by automatic processing
1566 systems, or which may not seem useful to display on the screen. This
1567 command allows you to specify header fields which you don't normally
1570 You do not need to specify the full header field name. For example,
1571 ``ignore content-'' will ignore all header fields that begin with the
1572 pattern ``content-''. ``ignore *'' will ignore all headers.
1574 To remove a previously added token from the list, use the ``unignore''
1575 command. The ``unignore'' command will make Mutt display headers with
1576 the given pattern. For example, if you do ``ignore x-'' it is
1577 possible to ``unignore x-mailer''.
1579 ``unignore *'' will remove all tokens from the ignore list.
1583 # Sven's draconian header weeding
1585 unignore from date subject to cc
1586 unignore organization organisation x-mailer: x-newsreader: x-mailing-list:
1589 3
\b3.
\b.9
\b9.
\b. A
\bAl
\blt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bna
\bat
\bti
\biv
\bve
\be a
\bad
\bdd
\bdr
\bre
\bes
\bss
\bse
\bes
\bs
1591 Usage: [un]alternates _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
1593 With various functions, mutt will treat messages differently,
1594 depending on whether you sent them or whether you received them from
1595 someone else. For instance, when replying to a message that you sent
1596 to a different party, mutt will automatically suggest to send the
1597 response to the original message's recipients -- responding to
1598 yourself won't make much sense in many cases. (See ``$reply_to''.)
1600 Many users receive e-mail under a number of different addresses. To
1601 fully use mutt's features here, the program must be able to recognize
1602 what e-mail addresses you receive mail under. That's the purpose of
1603 the alternates command: It takes a list of regular expressions, each
1604 of which can identify an address under which you receive e-mail.
1606 The unalternates command can be used to write exceptions to alternates
1607 patterns. If an address matches something in an alternates command,
1608 but you nonetheless do not think it is from you, you can list a more
1609 precise pattern under an unalternates command.
1611 To remove a regular expression from the alternates list, use the
1612 unalternates command with exactly the same _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp. Likewise, if the
1613 _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp for a alternates command matches an entry on the unalternates
1614 list, that unalternates entry will be removed. If the _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp for
1615 unalternates is ``*'', _
\ba_
\bl_
\bl _
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\be_
\bs on alternates will be removed.
1617 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b0.
\b. M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bli
\bin
\bng
\bg l
\bli
\bis
\bst
\bts
\bs
1619 Usage: [un]lists _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
1620 Usage: [un]subscribe _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
1622 Mutt has a few nice features for ``handling mailing lists''. In order
1623 to take advantage of them, you must specify which addresses belong to
1624 mailing lists, and which mailing lists you are subscribed to. Once
1625 you have done this, the ``list-reply'' function will work for all
1626 known lists. Additionally, when you send a message to a subscribed
1627 list, mutt will add a Mail-Followup-To header to tell other users'
1628 mail user agents not to send copies of replies to your personal
1629 address. Note that the Mail-Followup-To header is a non-standard
1630 extension which is not supported by all mail user agents. Adding it
1631 is not bullet-proof against receiving personal CCs of list messages.
1632 Also note that the generation of the Mail-Followup-To header is
1633 controlled by the ``$followup_to'' configuration variable.
1635 More precisely, Mutt maintains lists of patterns for the addresses of
1636 known and subscribed mailing lists. Every subscribed mailing list is
1637 known. To mark a mailing list as known, use the ``lists'' command. To
1638 mark it as subscribed, use ``subscribe''.
1640 You can use regular expressions with both commands. To mark all
1641 messages sent to a specific bug report's address on mutt's bug
1642 tracking system as list mail, for instance, you could say ``subscribe
1643 [0-9]*@bugs.guug.de''. Often, it's sufficient to just give a portion
1644 of the list's e-mail address.
1646 Specify as much of the address as you need to to remove ambiguity.
1647 For example, if you've subscribed to the Mutt mailing list, you will
1648 receive mail addresssed to _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\b@_
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b._
\bo_
\br_
\bg. So, to tell Mutt that
1649 this is a mailing list, you could add ``lists mutt-users'' to your
1650 initialization file. To tell mutt that you are subscribed to it, add
1651 ``subscribe mutt-users'' to your initialization file instead. If you
1652 also happen to get mail from someone whose address is _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-
1653 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\b@_
\be_
\bx_
\ba_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\be_
\b._
\bc_
\bo_
\bm, you could use ``lists mutt-users@mutt\\.org'' or
1654 ``subscribe mutt-users@mutt\\.org'' to match only mail from the actual
1657 The ``unlists'' command is used to remove a token from the list of
1658 known and subscribed mailing-lists. Use ``unlists *'' to remove all
1661 To remove a mailing list from the list of subscribed mailing lists,
1662 but keep it on the list of known mailing lists, use ``unsubscribe''.
1664 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b1.
\b. U
\bUs
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg M
\bMu
\bul
\blt
\bti
\bip
\bpl
\ble
\be s
\bsp
\bpo
\boo
\bol
\bl m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blb
\bbo
\box
\bxe
\bes
\bs
1666 Usage: mbox-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1668 This command is used to move read messages from a specified mailbox to
1669 a different mailbox automatically when you quit or change folders.
1670 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn is a regular expression specifying the mailbox to treat as a
1671 ``spool'' mailbox and _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx specifies where mail should be saved
1674 Unlike some of the other _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk commands, only the _
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bs_
\bt matching
1675 pattern is used (it is not possible to save read mail in more than a
1678 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b2.
\b. D
\bDe
\bef
\bfi
\bin
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blb
\bbo
\box
\bxe
\bes
\bs w
\bwh
\bhi
\bic
\bch
\bh r
\bre
\bec
\bce
\bei
\biv
\bve
\be m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\bl
1680 Usage: [un]mailboxes [!]_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ... ]
1682 This command specifies folders which can receive mail and which will
1683 be checked for new messages. By default, the main menu status bar
1684 displays how many of these folders have new messages.
1686 When changing folders, pressing _
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\be will cycle through folders with
1689 Pressing TAB in the directory browser will bring up a menu showing the
1690 files specified by the mailboxes command, and indicate which contain
1691 new messages. Mutt will automatically enter this mode when invoked
1692 from the command line with the -y option.
1694 The ``unmailboxes'' command is used to remove a token from the list of
1695 folders which receive mail. Use ``unmailboxes *'' to remove all
1698 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: new mail is detected by comparing the last modification time to
1699 the last access time. Utilities like biff or frm or any other program
1700 which accesses the mailbox might cause Mutt to never detect new mail
1701 for that mailbox if they do not properly reset the access time.
1702 Backup tools are another common reason for updated access times.
1704 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: the filenames in the mailboxes command are resolved when the
1705 command is executed, so if these names contain ``shortcut characters''
1706 (such as ``='' and ``!''), any variable definition that affect these
1707 characters (like ``$folder'' and ``$spoolfile'') should be executed
1708 before the mailboxes command.
1710 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b3.
\b. U
\bUs
\bse
\ber
\br d
\bde
\bef
\bfi
\bin
\bne
\bed
\bd h
\bhe
\bea
\bad
\bde
\ber
\brs
\bs
1713 my_hdr _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
1714 unmy_hdr _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd ... ]
1716 The ``my_hdr'' command allows you to create your own header fields
1717 which will be added to every message you send.
1719 For example, if you would like to add an ``Organization:'' header
1720 field to all of your outgoing messages, you can put the command
1722 my_hdr Organization: A Really Big Company, Anytown, USA
1726 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: space characters are _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt allowed between the keyword and the
1727 colon (``:''). The standard for electronic mail (RFC822) says that
1728 space is illegal there, so Mutt enforces the rule.
1730 If you would like to add a header field to a single message, you
1731 should either set the ``edit_headers'' variable, or use the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b-
1732 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs function (default: ``E'') in the send-menu so that you can
1733 edit the header of your message along with the body.
1735 To remove user defined header fields, use the ``unmy_hdr'' command.
1736 You may specify an asterisk (``*'') to remove all header fields, or
1737 the fields to remove. For example, to remove all ``To'' and ``Cc''
1738 header fields, you could use:
1742 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b4.
\b. D
\bDe
\bef
\bfi
\bin
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg t
\bth
\bhe
\be o
\bor
\brd
\bde
\ber
\br o
\bof
\bf h
\bhe
\bea
\bad
\bde
\ber
\brs
\bs w
\bwh
\bhe
\ben
\bn v
\bvi
\bie
\bew
\bwi
\bin
\bng
\bg m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\bes
\bs
1744 Usage: hdr_order _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b1 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b2 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b3
1746 With this command, you can specify an order in which mutt will attempt
1747 to present headers to you when viewing messages.
1749 ``unhdr_order *'' will clear all previous headers from the order list,
1750 thus removing the header order effects set by the system-wide startup
1753 hdr_order From Date: From: To: Cc: Subject:
1755 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b5.
\b. S
\bSp
\bpe
\bec
\bci
\bif
\bfy
\by d
\bde
\bef
\bfa
\bau
\bul
\blt
\bt s
\bsa
\bav
\bve
\be f
\bfi
\bil
\ble
\ben
\bna
\bam
\bme
\be
1757 Usage: save-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
1759 This command is used to override the default filename used when saving
1760 messages. _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be will be used as the default filename if the
1761 message is _
\bF_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\b: an address matching _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp or if you are the author
1762 and the message is addressed _
\bt_
\bo_
\b: something matching _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp.
1764 See ``Message Matching in Hooks'' for information on the exact format
1765 of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1769 save-hook me@(turing\\.)?cs\\.hmc\\.edu$ +elkins
1770 save-hook aol\\.com$ +spam
1772 Also see the ``fcc-save-hook'' command.
1774 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b6.
\b. S
\bSp
\bpe
\bec
\bci
\bif
\bfy
\by d
\bde
\bef
\bfa
\bau
\bul
\blt
\bt F
\bFc
\bcc
\bc:
\b: m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blb
\bbo
\box
\bx w
\bwh
\bhe
\ben
\bn c
\bco
\bom
\bmp
\bpo
\bos
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg
1776 Usage: fcc-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1778 This command is used to save outgoing mail in a mailbox other than
1779 ``$record''. Mutt searches the initial list of message recipients for
1780 the first matching _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp and uses _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx as the default Fcc:
1781 mailbox. If no match is found the message will be saved to
1782 ``$record'' mailbox.
1784 See ``Message Matching in Hooks'' for information on the exact format
1785 of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1787 Example: fcc-hook [@.]aol\\.com$ +spammers
1789 The above will save a copy of all messages going to the aol.com domain
1790 to the `+spammers' mailbox by default. Also see the ``fcc-save-hook''
1793 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b7.
\b. S
\bSp
\bpe
\bec
\bci
\bif
\bfy
\by d
\bde
\bef
\bfa
\bau
\bul
\blt
\bt s
\bsa
\bav
\bve
\be f
\bfi
\bil
\ble
\ben
\bna
\bam
\bme
\be a
\ban
\bnd
\bd d
\bde
\bef
\bfa
\bau
\bul
\blt
\bt F
\bFc
\bcc
\bc:
\b: m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blb
\bbo
\box
\bx a
\bat
\bt o
\bon
\bnc
\bce
\be
1795 Usage: fcc-save-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1797 This command is a shortcut, equivalent to doing both a ``fcc-hook''
1798 and a ``save-hook'' with its arguments.
1799 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b8.
\b. C
\bCh
\bha
\ban
\bng
\bge
\be s
\bse
\bet
\btt
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bgs
\bs b
\bba
\bas
\bse
\bed
\bd u
\bup
\bpo
\bon
\bn m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be r
\bre
\bec
\bci
\bip
\bpi
\bie
\ben
\bnt
\bts
\bs
1801 Usage: reply-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1802 Usage: send-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1803 Usage: send2-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1805 These commands can be used to execute arbitrary configuration commands
1806 based upon recipients of the message. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn is a regular expression
1807 matching the desired address. _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is executed when _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp matches
1808 recipients of the message.
1810 reply-hook is matched against the message you are _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg t
\bto
\bo, instead
1811 of the message you are _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg. send-hook is matched against all
1812 messages, both _
\bn_
\be_
\bw and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\be_
\bs. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: reply-hooks are matched b
\bbe
\bef
\bfo
\bor
\bre
\be
1813 the send-hook, r
\bre
\beg
\bga
\bar
\brd
\bdl
\ble
\bes
\bss
\bs of the order specified in the users's
1816 send2-hook is matched every time a message is changed, either by
1817 editing it, or by using the compose menu to change its recipients or
1818 subject. send2-hook is executed after send-hook, and can, e.g., be
1819 used to set parameters such as the ``$sendmail'' variable depending on
1820 the message's sender address.
1822 For each type of send-hook or reply-hook, when multiple matches occur,
1823 commands are executed in the order they are specified in the muttrc
1824 (for that type of hook).
1826 See ``Message Matching in Hooks'' for information on the exact format
1827 of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1829 Example: send-hook mutt "set mime_forward signature=''"
1831 Another typical use for this command is to change the values of the
1832 ``$attribution'', ``$signature'' and ``$locale'' variables in order to
1833 change the language of the attributions and signatures based upon the
1836 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: the send-hook's are only executed ONCE after getting the initial
1837 list of recipients. Adding a recipient after replying or editing the
1838 message will NOT cause any send-hook to be executed. Also note that
1839 my_hdr commands which modify recipient headers, or the message's
1840 subject, don't have any effect on the current message when executed
1843 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b9.
\b. C
\bCh
\bha
\ban
\bng
\bge
\be s
\bse
\bet
\btt
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bgs
\bs b
\bbe
\bef
\bfo
\bor
\bre
\be f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\btt
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bg a
\ba m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be
1845 Usage: message-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1847 This command can be used to execute arbitrary configuration commands
1848 before viewing or formatting a message based upon information about
1849 the message. _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is executed if the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn matches the message
1850 to be displayed. When multiple matches occur, commands are executed in
1851 the order they are specified in the muttrc.
1853 See ``Message Matching in Hooks'' for information on the exact format
1854 of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1858 message-hook ~A 'set pager=builtin'
1859 message-hook '~f freshmeat-news' 'set pager="less \"+/^ subject: .*\""'
1861 3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b0.
\b. C
\bCh
\bho
\boo
\bos
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg t
\bth
\bhe
\be c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bto
\bog
\bgr
\bra
\bap
\bph
\bhi
\bic
\bc k
\bke
\bey
\by o
\bof
\bf t
\bth
\bhe
\be r
\bre
\bec
\bci
\bip
\bpi
\bie
\ben
\bnt
\bt
1863 Usage: crypt-hook _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bi_
\bd
1865 When encrypting messages with PGP or OpenSSL, you may want to
1866 associate a certain key with a given e-mail address automatically,
1867 either because the recipient's public key can't be deduced from the
1868 destination address, or because, for some reasons, you need to
1869 override the key Mutt would normally use. The crypt-hook command
1870 provides a method by which you can specify the ID of the public key to
1871 be used when encrypting messages to a certain recipient.
1873 The meaning of "key id" is to be taken broadly in this context: You
1874 can either put a numerical key ID here, an e-mail address, or even
1877 3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b1.
\b. A
\bAd
\bdd
\bdi
\bin
\bng
\bg k
\bke
\bey
\by s
\bse
\beq
\bqu
\bue
\ben
\bnc
\bce
\bes
\bs t
\bto
\bo t
\bth
\bhe
\be k
\bke
\bey
\byb
\bbo
\boa
\bar
\brd
\bd b
\bbu
\buf
\bff
\bfe
\ber
\br
1879 Usage: push _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
1881 This command adds the named string to the keyboard buffer. The string
1882 may contain control characters, key names and function names like the
1883 sequence string in the ``macro'' command. You may use it to
1884 automatically run a sequence of commands at startup, or when entering
1887 3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b2.
\b. E
\bEx
\bxe
\bec
\bcu
\but
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bg f
\bfu
\bun
\bnc
\bct
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bns
\bs
1889 Usage: exec _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn [ _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ... ]
1891 This command can be used to execute any function. Functions are listed
1892 in the ``function reference''. ``exec function'' is equivalent to
1893 ``push <function>''.
1895 3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b3.
\b. M
\bMe
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be S
\bSc
\bco
\bor
\bri
\bin
\bng
\bg
1897 Usage: score _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be
1898 Usage: unscore _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1900 The score commands adds _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be to a message's score if _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn matches
1901 it. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn is a string in the format described in the ``patterns''
1902 section (note: For efficiency reasons, patterns which scan information
1903 not available in the index, such as ~b, ~B or ~h, may not be used).
1904 _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be is a positive or negative integer. A message's final score is
1905 the sum total of all matching score entries. However, you may
1906 optionally prefix _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be with an equal sign (=) to cause evaluation to
1907 stop at a particular entry if there is a match. Negative final scores
1908 are rounded up to 0.
1910 The unscore command removes score entries from the list. You m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt
1911 specify the same pattern specified in the score command for it to be
1912 removed. The pattern ``*'' is a special token which means to clear
1913 the list of all score entries.
1915 3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b4.
\b. S
\bSp
\bpa
\bam
\bm d
\bde
\bet
\bte
\bec
\bct
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn
1917 Usage: spam _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
1918 Usage: nospam _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
1920 Mutt has generalized support for external spam-scoring filters. By
1921 defining your spam patterns with the spam and nospam commands, you can
1922 _
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt, _
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh, and _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt your mail based on its spam attributes, as
1923 determined by the external filter. You also can display the spam
1924 attributes in your index display using the %H selector in the
1925 ``$index_format'' variable. (Tip: try %?H?[%H] ? to display spam tags
1926 only when they are defined for a given message.)
1928 Your first step is to define your external filter's spam patterns
1929 using the spam command. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn should be a regular expression that
1930 matches a header in a mail message. If any message in the mailbox
1931 matches this regular expression, it will receive a ``spam tag'' or
1932 ``spam attribute'' (unless it also matches a nospam pattern -- see
1933 below.) The appearance of this attribute is entirely up to you, and is
1934 governed by the _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt parameter. _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt can be any static text, but
1935 it also can include back-references from the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn expression. (A
1936 regular expression ``back-reference'' refers to a sub-expression
1937 contained within parentheses.) %1 is replaced with the first back-
1938 reference in the regex, %2 with the second, etc.
1940 If you're using multiple spam filters, a message can have more than
1941 one spam-related header. You can define spam patterns for each filter
1942 you use. If a message matches two or more of these patterns, and the
1943 $spam_separator variable is set to a string, then the message's spam
1944 tag will consist of all the _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt strings joined together, with the
1945 value of $spam_separator separating them.
1947 For example, suppose I use DCC, SpamAssassin, and PureMessage. I might
1948 define these spam settings:
1950 spam "X-DCC-.*-Metrics:.*(....)=many" "90+/DCC-%1"
1951 spam "X-Spam-Status: Yes" "90+/SA"
1952 spam "X-PerlMX-Spam: .*Probability=([0-9]+)%" "%1/PM"
1953 set spam_separator=", "
1955 If I then received a message that DCC registered with ``many'' hits
1956 under the ``Fuz2'' checksum, and that PureMessage registered with a
1957 97% probability of being spam, that message's spam tag would read
1958 90+/DCC-Fuz2, 97/PM. (The four characters before ``=many'' in a DCC
1959 report indicate the checksum used -- in this case, ``Fuz2''.)
1961 If the $spam_separator variable is unset, then each spam pattern match
1962 supercedes the previous one. Instead of getting joined _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt strings,
1963 you'll get only the last one to match.
1965 The spam tag is what will be displayed in the index when you use %H in
1966 the $index_format variable. It's also the string that the ~H pattern-
1967 matching expression matches against for _
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh and _
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt functions.
1968 And it's what sorting by spam attribute will use as a sort key.
1970 That's a pretty complicated example, and most people's actual
1971 environments will have only one spam filter. The simpler your
1972 configuration, the more effective mutt can be, especially when it
1975 Generally, when you sort by spam tag, mutt will sort _
\bl_
\be_
\bx_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\by -- that
1976 is, by ordering strings alphnumerically. However, if a spam tag begins
1977 with a number, mutt will sort numerically first, and lexically only
1978 when two numbers are equal in value. (This is like UNIX's sort -n.) A
1979 message with no spam attributes at all -- that is, one that didn't
1980 match _
\ba_
\bn_
\by of your spam patterns -- is sorted at lowest priority.
1981 Numbers are sorted next, beginning with 0 and ranging upward. Finally,
1982 non-numeric strings are sorted, with ``a'' taking lower priority than
1983 ``z''. Clearly, in general, sorting by spam tags is most effective
1984 when you can coerce your filter to give you a raw number. But in case
1985 you can't, mutt can still do something useful.
1987 The nospam command can be used to write exceptions to spam patterns.
1988 If a header pattern matches something in a spam command, but you
1989 nonetheless do not want it to receive a spam tag, you can list a more
1990 precise pattern under a nospam command.
1992 If the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn given to nospam is exactly the same as the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn on
1993 an existing spam list entry, the effect will be to remove the entry
1994 from the spam list, instead of adding an exception. Likewise, if the
1995 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn for a spam command matches an entry on the nospam list, that
1996 nospam entry will be removed. If the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn for nospam is ``*'', _
\ba_
\bl_
\bl
1997 _
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\be_
\bs _
\bo_
\bn _
\bb_
\bo_
\bt_
\bh _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs will be removed. This might be the default
1998 action if you use spam and nospam in conjunction with a folder-hook.
2000 You can have as many spam or nospam commands as you like. You can
2001 even do your own primitive spam detection within mutt -- for example,
2002 if you consider all mail from MAILER-DAEMON to be spam, you can use a
2003 spam command like this:
2005 spam "^From: .*MAILER-DAEMON" "999"
2007 3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b5.
\b. S
\bSe
\bet
\btt
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bg v
\bva
\bar
\bri
\bia
\bab
\bbl
\ble
\bes
\bs
2009 Usage: set [no|inv]_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be[=_
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be] [ _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
2010 Usage: toggle _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
2011 Usage: unset _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
2012 Usage: reset _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
2014 This command is used to set (and unset) ``configuration variables''.
2015 There are four basic types of variables: boolean, number, string and
2016 quadoption. _
\bb_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bn variables can be _
\bs_
\be_
\bt (true) or _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (false).
2017 _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm_
\bb_
\be_
\br variables can be assigned a positive integer value.
2019 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg variables consist of any number of printable characters.
2020 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs must be enclosed in quotes if they contain spaces or tabs.
2021 You may also use the ``C'' escape sequences \
\b\n
\bn and \
\b\t
\bt for newline and
2024 _
\bq_
\bu_
\ba_
\bd_
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn variables are used to control whether or not to be prompted
2025 for certain actions, or to specify a default action. A value of _
\by_
\be_
\bs
2026 will cause the action to be carried out automatically as if you had
2027 answered yes to the question. Similarly, a value of _
\bn_
\bo will cause the
2028 the action to be carried out as if you had answered ``no.'' A value
2029 of _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\by_
\be_
\bs will cause a prompt with a default answer of ``yes'' and
2030 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo will provide a default answer of ``no.''
2032 Prefixing a variable with ``no'' will unset it. Example: set
2035 For _
\bb_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bn variables, you may optionally prefix the variable name
2036 with inv to toggle the value (on or off). This is useful when writing
2037 macros. Example: set invsmart_wrap.
2039 The toggle command automatically prepends the inv prefix to all
2040 specified variables.
2042 The unset command automatically prepends the no prefix to all
2043 specified variables.
2044 Using the enter-command function in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu, you can query the
2045 value of a variable by prefixing the name of the variable with a
2050 The question mark is actually only required for boolean and quadoption
2053 The reset command resets all given variables to the compile time
2054 defaults (hopefully mentioned in this manual). If you use the command
2055 set and prefix the variable with ``&'' this has the same behavior as
2058 With the reset command there exists the special variable ``all'',
2059 which allows you to reset all variables to their system defaults.
2061 3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b6.
\b. R
\bRe
\bea
\bad
\bdi
\bin
\bng
\bg i
\bin
\bni
\bit
\bti
\bia
\bal
\bli
\biz
\bza
\bat
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bds
\bs f
\bfr
\bro
\bom
\bm a
\ban
\bno
\bot
\bth
\bhe
\ber
\br f
\bfi
\bil
\ble
\be
2063 Usage: source _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ... ]
2065 This command allows the inclusion of initialization commands from
2066 other files. For example, I place all of my aliases in
2067 ~/.mail_aliases so that I can make my ~/.muttrc readable and keep my
2070 If the filename begins with a tilde (``~''), it will be expanded to
2071 the path of your home directory.
2073 If the filename ends with a vertical bar (|), then _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be is
2074 considered to be an executable program from which to read input (eg.
2075 source ~/bin/myscript|).
2077 3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b7.
\b. R
\bRe
\bem
\bmo
\bov
\bvi
\bin
\bng
\bg h
\bho
\boo
\bok
\bks
\bs
2079 Usage: unhook [ * | _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ]
2081 This command permits you to flush hooks you have previously defined.
2082 You can either remove all hooks by giving the ``*'' character as an
2083 argument, or you can remove all hooks of a specific type by saying
2084 something like unhook send-hook.
2086 4
\b4.
\b. A
\bAd
\bdv
\bva
\ban
\bnc
\bce
\bed
\bd U
\bUs
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be
2088 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. R
\bRe
\beg
\bgu
\bul
\bla
\bar
\br E
\bEx
\bxp
\bpr
\bre
\bes
\bss
\bsi
\bio
\bon
\bns
\bs
2090 All string patterns in Mutt including those in more complex
2091 ``patterns'' must be specified using regular expressions (regexp) in
2092 the ``POSIX extended'' syntax (which is more or less the syntax used
2093 by egrep and GNU awk). For your convenience, we have included below a
2094 brief description of this syntax.
2096 The search is case sensitive if the pattern contains at least one
2097 upper case letter, and case insensitive otherwise. Note that ``\''
2098 must be quoted if used for a regular expression in an initialization
2101 A regular expression is a pattern that describes a set of strings.
2102 Regular expressions are constructed analogously to arithmetic
2103 expressions, by using various operators to combine smaller
2106 Note that the regular expression can be enclosed/delimited by either "
2107 or ' which is useful if the regular expression includes a white-space
2108 character. See ``Syntax of Initialization Files'' for more
2109 information on " and ' delimiter processing. To match a literal " or
2110 ' you must preface it with \ (backslash).
2112 The fundamental building blocks are the regular expressions that match
2113 a single character. Most characters, including all letters and
2114 digits, are regular expressions that match themselves. Any
2115 metacharacter with special meaning may be quoted by preceding it with
2118 The period ``.'' matches any single character. The caret ``^'' and
2119 the dollar sign ``$'' are metacharacters that respectively match the
2120 empty string at the beginning and end of a line.
2122 A list of characters enclosed by ``['' and ``]'' matches any single
2123 character in that list; if the first character of the list is a caret
2124 ``^'' then it matches any character n
\bno
\bot
\bt in the list. For example, the
2125 regular expression [
\b[0
\b01
\b12
\b23
\b34
\b45
\b56
\b67
\b78
\b89
\b9]
\b] matches any single digit. A range of
2126 ASCII characters may be specified by giving the first and last
2127 characters, separated by a hyphen ``-''. Most metacharacters lose
2128 their special meaning inside lists. To include a literal ``]'' place
2129 it first in the list. Similarly, to include a literal ``^'' place it
2130 anywhere but first. Finally, to include a literal hyphen ``-'' place
2133 Certain named classes of characters are predefined. Character classes
2134 consist of ``[:'', a keyword denoting the class, and ``:]''. The
2135 following classes are defined by the POSIX standard:
2137 [
\b[:
\b:a
\bal
\bln
\bnu
\bum
\bm:
\b:]
\b]
2138 Alphanumeric characters.
2140 [
\b[:
\b:a
\bal
\blp
\bph
\bha
\ba:
\b:]
\b]
2141 Alphabetic characters.
2143 [
\b[:
\b:b
\bbl
\bla
\ban
\bnk
\bk:
\b:]
\b]
2144 Space or tab characters.
2146 [
\b[:
\b:c
\bcn
\bnt
\btr
\brl
\bl:
\b:]
\b]
2149 [
\b[:
\b:d
\bdi
\big
\bgi
\bit
\bt:
\b:]
\b]
2152 [
\b[:
\b:g
\bgr
\bra
\bap
\bph
\bh:
\b:]
\b]
2153 Characters that are both printable and visible. (A space is
2154 printable, but not visible, while an ``a'' is both.)
2156 [
\b[:
\b:l
\blo
\bow
\bwe
\ber
\br:
\b:]
\b]
2157 Lower-case alphabetic characters.
2159 [
\b[:
\b:p
\bpr
\bri
\bin
\bnt
\bt:
\b:]
\b]
2160 Printable characters (characters that are not control
2163 [
\b[:
\b:p
\bpu
\bun
\bnc
\bct
\bt:
\b:]
\b]
2164 Punctuation characters (characters that are not letter, digits,
2165 control characters, or space characters).
2166 [
\b[:
\b:s
\bsp
\bpa
\bac
\bce
\be:
\b:]
\b]
2167 Space characters (such as space, tab and formfeed, to name a
2170 [
\b[:
\b:u
\bup
\bpp
\bpe
\ber
\br:
\b:]
\b]
2171 Upper-case alphabetic characters.
2173 [
\b[:
\b:x
\bxd
\bdi
\big
\bgi
\bit
\bt:
\b:]
\b]
2174 Characters that are hexadecimal digits.
2176 A character class is only valid in a regular expression inside the
2177 brackets of a character list. Note that the brackets in these class
2178 names are part of the symbolic names, and must be included in addition
2179 to the brackets delimiting the bracket list. For example, [
\b[[
\b[:
\b:d
\bdi
\big
\bgi
\bit
\bt:
\b:]
\b]]
\b]
2180 is equivalent to [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b].
2182 Two additional special sequences can appear in character lists. These
2183 apply to non-ASCII character sets, which can have single symbols
2184 (called collating elements) that are represented with more than one
2185 character, as well as several characters that are equivalent for
2186 collating or sorting purposes:
2188 C
\bCo
\bol
\bll
\bla
\bat
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bg S
\bSy
\bym
\bmb
\bbo
\bol
\bls
\bs
2189 A collating symbol is a multi-character collating element
2190 enclosed in ``[.'' and ``.]''. For example, if ``ch'' is a
2191 collating element, then [
\b[[
\b[.
\b.c
\bch
\bh.
\b.]
\b]]
\b] is a regexp that matches this
2192 collating element, while [
\b[c
\bch
\bh]
\b] is a regexp that matches either
2195 E
\bEq
\bqu
\bui
\biv
\bva
\bal
\ble
\ben
\bnc
\bce
\be C
\bCl
\bla
\bas
\bss
\bse
\bes
\bs
2196 An equivalence class is a locale-specific name for a list of
2197 characters that are equivalent. The name is enclosed in ``[=''
2198 and ``=]''. For example, the name ``e'' might be used to
2199 represent all of ``e'' ``e'' and ``e''. In this case, [
\b[[
\b[=
\b=e
\be=
\b=]
\b]]
\b]
2200 is a regexp that matches any of ``e'', ``e'' and ``e''.
2202 A regular expression matching a single character may be followed by
2203 one of several repetition operators:
2205 ?
\b? The preceding item is optional and matched at most once.
2207 *
\b* The preceding item will be matched zero or more times.
2209 +
\b+ The preceding item will be matched one or more times.
2212 The preceding item is matched exactly _
\bn times.
2215 The preceding item is matched _
\bn or more times.
2218 The preceding item is matched at most _
\bm times.
2220 {
\b{n
\bn,
\b,m
\bm}
\b}
2221 The preceding item is matched at least _
\bn times, but no more than
2224 Two regular expressions may be concatenated; the resulting regular
2225 expression matches any string formed by concatenating two substrings
2226 that respectively match the concatenated subexpressions.
2228 Two regular expressions may be joined by the infix operator ``|''; the
2229 resulting regular expression matches any string matching either
2232 Repetition takes precedence over concatenation, which in turn takes
2233 precedence over alternation. A whole subexpression may be enclosed in
2234 parentheses to override these precedence rules.
2236 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you compile Mutt with the GNU _
\br_
\bx package, the following
2237 operators may also be used in regular expressions:
2240 Matches the empty string at either the beginning or the end of a
2244 Matches the empty string within a word.
2247 Matches the empty string at the beginning of a word.
2250 Matches the empty string at the end of a word.
2253 Matches any word-constituent character (letter, digit, or
2257 Matches any character that is not word-constituent.
2260 Matches the empty string at the beginning of a buffer (string).
2263 Matches the empty string at the end of a buffer.
2265 Please note however that these operators are not defined by POSIX, so
2266 they may or may not be available in stock libraries on various
2269 4
\b4.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. P
\bPa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bns
\bs
2271 Many of Mutt's commands allow you to specify a pattern to match
2272 (limit, tag-pattern, delete-pattern, etc.). There are several ways to
2276 ~b EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the message body
2277 ~B EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the whole message
2278 ~c USER messages carbon-copied to USER
2279 ~C EXPR message is either to: or cc: EXPR
2281 ~d [MIN]-[MAX] messages with ``date-sent'' in a Date range
2283 ~e EXPR message which contains EXPR in the ``Sender'' field
2285 ~f USER messages originating from USER
2286 ~g cryptographically signed messages
2287 ~G cryptographically encrypted messages
2288 ~H EXPR messages with a spam attribute matching EXPR
2289 ~h EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the message header
2290 ~k message contains PGP key material
2291 ~i ID message which match ID in the ``Message-ID'' field
2292 ~L EXPR message is either originated or received by EXPR
2293 ~l message is addressed to a known mailing list
2294 ~m [MIN]-[MAX] message in the range MIN to MAX *)
2295 ~n [MIN]-[MAX] messages with a score in the range MIN to MAX *)
2298 ~p message is addressed to you (consults alternates)
2299 ~P message is from you (consults alternates)
2300 ~Q messages which have been replied to
2302 ~r [MIN]-[MAX] messages with ``date-received'' in a Date range
2303 ~S superseded messages
2304 ~s SUBJECT messages having SUBJECT in the ``Subject'' field.
2306 ~t USER messages addressed to USER
2308 ~v message is part of a collapsed thread.
2309 ~V cryptographically verified messages
2310 ~x EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the `References' field
2311 ~y EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the `X-Label' field
2312 ~z [MIN]-[MAX] messages with a size in the range MIN to MAX *)
2313 ~= duplicated messages (see $duplicate_threads)
2314 ~$ unreferenced messages (requires threaded view)
2315 ~* ``From'' contains realname and (syntactically) valid
2316 address (excluded are addresses matching against
2317 alternates or any alias)
2319 Where EXPR, USER, ID, and SUBJECT are ``regular expressions''.
2320 Special attention has to be made when using regular expressions inside
2321 of patterns. Specifically, Mutt's parser for these patterns will
2322 strip one level of backslash (\), which is normally used for quoting.
2323 If it is your intention to use a backslash in the regular expression,
2324 you will need to use two backslashes instead (\\).
2326 *) The forms <[MAX], >[MIN], [MIN]- and -[MAX] are allowed, too.
2328 4
\b4.
\b.2
\b2.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. P
\bPa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn M
\bMo
\bod
\bdi
\bif
\bfi
\bie
\ber
\br
2330 Note that patterns matching 'lists' of addresses (notably c,C,p,P and
2331 t) match if there is at least one match in the whole list. If you want
2332 to make sure that all elements of that list match, you need to prefix
2333 your pattern with ^. This example matches all mails which only has
2334 recipients from Germany.
2338 4
\b4.
\b.2
\b2.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. C
\bCo
\bom
\bmp
\bpl
\ble
\bex
\bx P
\bPa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bns
\bs
2340 Logical AND is performed by specifying more than one criterion. For
2345 would select messages which contain the word ``mutt'' in the list of
2346 recipients a
\ban
\bnd
\bd that have the word ``elkins'' in the ``From'' header
2349 Mutt also recognizes the following operators to create more complex
2352 +
\bo ! -- logical NOT operator
2354 +
\bo | -- logical OR operator
2356 +
\bo () -- logical grouping operator
2358 Here is an example illustrating a complex search pattern. This
2359 pattern will select all messages which do not contain ``mutt'' in the
2360 ``To'' or ``Cc'' field and which are from ``elkins''.
2362 !(~t mutt|~c mutt) ~f elkins
2364 Here is an example using white space in the regular expression (note
2365 the ' and " delimiters). For this to match, the mail's subject must
2366 match the ``^Junk +From +Me$'' and it must be from either ``Jim
2367 +Somebody'' or ``Ed +SomeoneElse'':
2369 '~s "^Junk +From +Me$" ~f ("Jim +Somebody"|"Ed +SomeoneElse")'
2371 Note that if a regular expression contains parenthesis, or a veritical
2372 bar ("|"), you m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt enclose the expression in double or single quotes
2373 since those characters are also used to separate different parts of
2374 Mutt's pattern language. For example,
2376 ~f "me@(mutt\.org|cs\.hmc\.edu)"
2378 Without the quotes, the parenthesis wouldn't end. This would be
2379 seperated to two OR'd patterns: _
\b~_
\bf _
\bm_
\be_
\b@_
\b(_
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b\_
\b._
\bo_
\br_
\bg and _
\bc_
\bs_
\b\_
\b._
\bh_
\bm_
\bc_
\b\_
\b._
\be_
\bd_
\bu_
\b).
2380 They are never what you want.
2382 4
\b4.
\b.2
\b2.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. S
\bSe
\bea
\bar
\brc
\bch
\bhi
\bin
\bng
\bg b
\bby
\by D
\bDa
\bat
\bte
\be
2384 Mutt supports two types of dates, _
\ba_
\bb_
\bs_
\bo_
\bl_
\bu_
\bt_
\be and _
\br_
\be_
\bl_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be.
2386 A
\bAb
\bbs
\bso
\bol
\blu
\but
\bte
\be. Dates m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt be in DD/MM/YY format (month and year are
2387 optional, defaulting to the current month and year). An example of a
2388 valid range of dates is:
2390 Limit to messages matching: ~d 20/1/95-31/10
2392 If you omit the minimum (first) date, and just specify ``-DD/MM/YY'',
2393 all messages _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be the given date will be selected. If you omit the
2394 maximum (second) date, and specify ``DD/MM/YY-'', all messages _
\ba_
\bf_
\bt_
\be_
\br
2395 the given date will be selected. If you specify a single date with no
2396 dash (``-''), only messages sent on the given date will be selected.
2398 E
\bEr
\brr
\bro
\bor
\br M
\bMa
\bar
\brg
\bgi
\bin
\bns
\bs. You can add error margins to absolute dates. An error
2399 margin is a sign (+ or -), followed by a digit, followed by one of the
2407 As a special case, you can replace the sign by a ``*'' character,
2408 which is equivalent to giving identical plus and minus error margins.
2410 Example: To select any messages two weeks around January 15, 2001,
2411 you'd use the following pattern:
2413 Limit to messages matching: ~d 15/1/2001*2w
2415 R
\bRe
\bel
\bla
\bat
\bti
\biv
\bve
\be. This type of date is relative to the current date, and may
2418 +
\bo >_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (messages older than _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt units)
2420 +
\bo <_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (messages newer than _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt units)
2422 +
\bo =_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (messages exactly _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt units old)
2424 _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt is specified as a positive number with one of the following
2432 Example: to select messages less than 1 month old, you would use
2434 Limit to messages matching: ~d <1m
2436 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: all dates used when searching are relative to the l
\blo
\boc
\bca
\bal
\bl time
2437 zone, so unless you change the setting of your ``$index_format'' to
2438 include a %[...] format, these are n
\bno
\bot
\bt the dates shown in the main
2441 4
\b4.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. U
\bUs
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg T
\bTa
\bag
\bgs
\bs
2443 Sometimes it is desirable to perform an operation on a group of
2444 messages all at once rather than one at a time. An example might be
2445 to save messages to a mailing list to a separate folder, or to delete
2446 all messages with a given subject. To tag all messages matching a
2447 pattern, use the tag-pattern function, which is bound to ``shift-T''
2448 by default. Or you can select individual messages by hand using the
2449 ``tag-message'' function, which is bound to ``t'' by default. See
2450 ``patterns'' for Mutt's pattern matching syntax.
2452 Once you have tagged the desired messages, you can use the ``tag-
2453 prefix'' operator, which is the ``;'' (semicolon) key by default.
2454 When the ``tag-prefix'' operator is used, the n
\bne
\bex
\bxt
\bt operation will be
2455 applied to all tagged messages if that operation can be used in that
2456 manner. If the ``$auto_tag'' variable is set, the next operation
2457 applies to the tagged messages automatically, without requiring the
2460 In ``macros'' or ``push'' commands, you can use the ``tag-prefix-
2461 cond'' operator. If there are no tagged messages, mutt will "eat" the
2462 rest of the macro to abort it's execution. Mutt will stop "eating"
2463 the macro when it encounters the ``end-cond'' operator; after this
2464 operator the rest of the macro will be executed as normal.
2466 4
\b4.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. U
\bUs
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg H
\bHo
\boo
\bok
\bks
\bs
2468 A _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk is a concept borrowed from the EMACS editor which allows you to
2469 execute arbitrary commands before performing some operation. For
2470 example, you may wish to tailor your configuration based upon which
2471 mailbox you are reading, or to whom you are sending mail. In the Mutt
2472 world, a _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk consists of a ``regular expression'' or ``pattern''
2473 along with a configuration option/command. See
2475 +
\bo ``folder-hook''
2479 +
\bo ``message-hook''
2487 +
\bo ``fcc-save-hook''
2489 for specific details on each type of _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk available.
2491 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if a hook changes configuration settings, these changes remain
2492 effective until the end of the current mutt session. As this is
2493 generally not desired, a default hook needs to be added before all
2494 other hooks to restore configuration defaults. Here is an example with
2495 send-hook and the my_hdr directive:
2497 send-hook . 'unmy_hdr From:'
2498 send-hook ~C'^b@b\.b$' my_hdr from: c@c.c
2500 4
\b4.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. M
\bMe
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be M
\bMa
\bat
\btc
\bch
\bhi
\bin
\bng
\bg i
\bin
\bn H
\bHo
\boo
\bok
\bks
\bs
2502 Hooks that act upon messages (send-hook, save-hook, fcc-hook, message-
2503 hook) are evaluated in a slightly different manner. For the other
2504 types of hooks, a ``regular expression'' is sufficient. But in
2505 dealing with messages a finer grain of control is needed for matching
2506 since for different purposes you want to match different criteria.
2508 Mutt allows the use of the ``search pattern'' language for matching
2509 messages in hook commands. This works in exactly the same way as it
2510 would when _
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg or _
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg the mailbox, except that you are
2511 restricted to those operators which match information mutt extracts
2512 from the header of the message (i.e. from, to, cc, date, subject,
2515 For example, if you wanted to set your return address based upon
2516 sending mail to a specific address, you could do something like:
2518 send-hook '~t ^me@cs\.hmc\.edu$' 'my_hdr From: Mutt User <user@host>'
2520 which would execute the given command when sending mail to
2521 _
\bm_
\be_
\b@_
\bc_
\bs_
\b._
\bh_
\bm_
\bc_
\b._
\be_
\bd_
\bu.
2523 However, it is not required that you write the pattern to match using
2524 the full searching language. You can still specify a simple _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br
2525 _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn like the other hooks, in which case Mutt will translate
2526 your pattern into the full language, using the translation specified
2527 by the ``$default_hook'' variable. The pattern is translated at the
2528 time the hook is declared, so the value of ``$default_hook'' that is
2529 in effect at that time will be used.
2531 4
\b4.
\b.5
\b5.
\b. U
\bUs
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bgg
\bg t
\bth
\bhe
\be s
\bsi
\bid
\bde
\beb
\bba
\bar
\br
2533 The sidebar, a feature specific to Mutt-ng, allows you to use a
2534 mailbox listing which looks very similar to the ones you probably know
2535 from GUI mail clients. The sidebar lists all specified mailboxes,
2536 shows the number in each and highlights the ones with new email Use
2537 the following configuration commands:
2539 set sidebar_visible="yes"
2540 set sidebar_width=25
2542 If you want to specify the mailboxes you can do so with:
2550 You can also specify the colors for mailboxes with new mails by using:
2552 color sidebar_new red black
2554 The available functions are:
2556 sidebar-scroll-up Scrolls the mailbox list up 1 page
2557 sidebar-scroll-down Scrolls the mailbox list down 1 page
2558 sidebar-next Hilights the next mailbox
2559 sidebar-next-new Hilights the next mailbox with new mail
2560 sidebar-previous Hilights the previous mailbox
2561 sidebar-open Opens the currently hilighted mailbox
2563 Reasonable key bindings look e.g. like this:
2565 bind index \Cp sidebar-prev
2566 bind index \Cn sidebar-next
2567 bind index \Cb sidebar-open
2568 bind pager \Cp sidebar-prev
2569 bind pager \Cn sidebar-next
2570 bind pager \Cb sidebar-open
2572 macro index B ':toggle sidebar_visible^M'
2573 macro pager B ':toggle sidebar_visible^M'
2575 You can then go up and down by pressing Ctrl-P and Ctrl-N, and switch
2576 on and off the sidebar simply by pressing 'B'.
2578 4
\b4.
\b.6
\b6.
\b. E
\bEx
\bxt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bna
\bal
\bl A
\bAd
\bdd
\bdr
\bre
\bes
\bss
\bs Q
\bQu
\bue
\ber
\bri
\bie
\bes
\bs
2580 Mutt supports connecting to external directory databases such as LDAP,
2581 ph/qi, bbdb, or NIS through a wrapper script which connects to mutt
2582 using a simple interface. Using the ``$query_command'' variable, you
2583 specify the wrapper command to use. For example:
2585 set query_command = "mutt_ldap_query.pl '%s'"
2587 The wrapper script should accept the query on the command-line. It
2588 should return a one line message, then each matching response on a
2589 single line, each line containing a tab separated address then name
2590 then some other optional information. On error, or if there are no
2591 matching addresses, return a non-zero exit code and a one line error
2594 An example multiple response output:
2596 Searching database ... 20 entries ... 3 matching:
2597 me@cs.hmc.edu Michael Elkins mutt dude
2598 blong@fiction.net Brandon Long mutt and more
2599 roessler@guug.de Thomas Roessler mutt pgp
2601 There are two mechanisms for accessing the query function of mutt.
2602 One is to do a query from the index menu using the query function
2603 (default: Q). This will prompt for a query, then bring up the query
2604 menu which will list the matching responses. From the query menu, you
2605 can select addresses to create aliases, or to mail. You can tag
2606 multiple addresses to mail, start a new query, or have a new query
2607 appended to the current responses.
2609 The other mechanism for accessing the query function is for address
2610 completion, similar to the alias completion. In any prompt for
2611 address entry, you can use the complete-query function (default: ^T)
2612 to run a query based on the current address you have typed. Like
2613 aliases, mutt will look for what you have typed back to the last space
2614 or comma. If there is a single response for that query, mutt will
2615 expand the address in place. If there are multiple responses, mutt
2616 will activate the query menu. At the query menu, you can select one
2617 or more addresses to be added to the prompt.
2619 4
\b4.
\b.7
\b7.
\b. M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\blb
\bbo
\box
\bx F
\bFo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bts
\bs
2621 Mutt supports reading and writing of four different mailbox formats:
2622 mbox, MMDF, MH and Maildir. The mailbox type is autodetected, so
2623 there is no need to use a flag for different mailbox types. When
2624 creating new mailboxes, Mutt uses the default specified with the
2625 ``$mbox_type'' variable.
2627 m
\bmb
\bbo
\box
\bx. This is the most widely used mailbox format for UNIX. All
2628 messages are stored in a single file. Each message has a line of the
2631 From me@cs.hmc.edu Fri, 11 Apr 1997 11:44:56 PST
2633 to denote the start of a new message (this is often referred to as the
2636 M
\bMM
\bMD
\bDF
\bF. This is a variant of the _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx format. Each message is
2637 surrounded by lines containing ``^A^A^A^A'' (four control-A's).
2639 M
\bMH
\bH. A radical departure from _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx and _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF, a mailbox consists of a
2640 directory and each message is stored in a separate file. The filename
2641 indicates the message number (however, this is may not correspond to
2642 the message number Mutt displays). Deleted messages are renamed with a
2643 comma (,) prepended to the filename. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Mutt detects this type of
2644 mailbox by looking for either .mh_sequences or .xmhcache (needed to
2645 distinguish normal directories from MH mailboxes).
2647 M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bld
\bdi
\bir
\br. The newest of the mailbox formats, used by the Qmail MTA (a
2648 replacement for sendmail). Similar to _
\bM_
\bH, except that it adds three
2649 subdirectories of the mailbox: _
\bt_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bn_
\be_
\bw and _
\bc_
\bu_
\br. Filenames for the
2650 messages are chosen in such a way they are unique, even when two
2651 programs are writing the mailbox over NFS, which means that no file
2654 4
\b4.
\b.8
\b8.
\b. M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\blb
\bbo
\box
\bx S
\bSh
\bho
\bor
\brt
\btc
\bcu
\but
\bts
\bs
2656 There are a number of built in shortcuts which refer to specific
2657 mailboxes. These shortcuts can be used anywhere you are prompted for
2658 a file or mailbox path.
2660 +
\bo ! -- refers to your ``$spoolfile'' (incoming) mailbox
2662 +
\bo > -- refers to your ``$mbox'' file
2664 +
\bo < -- refers to your ``$record'' file
2666 +
\bo - or !! -- refers to the file you've last visited
2668 +
\bo ~ -- refers to your home directory
2670 +
\bo = or + -- refers to your ``$folder'' directory
2672 +
\bo @_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs -- refers to the ``default save folder'' as determined by
2673 the address of the alias
2675 4
\b4.
\b.9
\b9.
\b. H
\bHa
\ban
\bnd
\bdl
\bli
\bin
\bng
\bg M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bli
\bin
\bng
\bg L
\bLi
\bis
\bst
\bts
\bs
2677 Mutt has a few configuration options that make dealing with large
2678 amounts of mail easier. The first thing you must do is to let Mutt
2679 know what addresses you consider to be mailing lists (technically this
2680 does not have to be a mailing list, but that is what it is most often
2681 used for), and what lists you are subscribed to. This is accomplished
2682 through the use of the ``lists and subscribe'' commands in your
2685 Now that Mutt knows what your mailing lists are, it can do several
2686 things, the first of which is the ability to show the name of a list
2687 through which you received a message (i.e., of a subscribed list) in
2688 the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu display. This is useful to distinguish between
2689 personal and list mail in the same mailbox. In the ``$index_format''
2690 variable, the escape ``%L'' will return the string ``To <list>'' when
2691 ``list'' appears in the ``To'' field, and ``Cc <list>'' when it
2692 appears in the ``Cc'' field (otherwise it returns the name of the
2695 Often times the ``To'' and ``Cc'' fields in mailing list messages tend
2696 to get quite large. Most people do not bother to remove the author of
2697 the message they are reply to from the list, resulting in two or more
2698 copies being sent to that person. The ``list-reply'' function, which
2699 by default is bound to ``L'' in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu and _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br, helps reduce
2700 the clutter by only replying to the known mailing list addresses
2701 instead of all recipients (except as specified by Mail-Followup-To,
2704 Mutt also supports the Mail-Followup-To header. When you send a
2705 message to a list of recipients which includes one or several
2706 subscribed mailing lists, and if the ``$followup_to'' option is set,
2707 mutt will generate a Mail-Followup-To header which contains all the
2708 recipients to whom you send this message, but not your address. This
2709 indicates that group-replies or list-replies (also known as
2710 ``followups'') to this message should only be sent to the original
2711 recipients of the message, and not separately to you - you'll receive
2712 your copy through one of the mailing lists you are subscribed to.
2714 Conversely, when group-replying or list-replying to a message which
2715 has a Mail-Followup-To header, mutt will respect this header if the
2716 ``$honor_followup_to'' configuration variable is set. Using list-
2717 reply will in this case also make sure that the reply goes to the
2718 mailing list, even if it's not specified in the list of recipients in
2719 the Mail-Followup-To.
2721 Note that, when header editing is enabled, you can create a Mail-
2722 Followup-To header manually. Mutt will only auto-generate this header
2723 if it doesn't exist when you send the message.
2725 The other method some mailing list admins use is to generate a
2726 ``Reply-To'' field which points back to the mailing list address
2727 rather than the author of the message. This can create problems when
2728 trying to reply directly to the author in private, since most mail
2729 clients will automatically reply to the address given in the ``Reply-
2730 To'' field. Mutt uses the ``$reply_to'' variable to help decide which
2731 address to use. If set to _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\by_
\be_
\bs or _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo, you will be prompted as
2732 to whether or not you would like to use the address given in the
2733 ``Reply-To'' field, or reply directly to the address given in the
2734 ``From'' field. When set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, the ``Reply-To'' field will be used
2737 The ``X-Label:'' header field can be used to further identify mailing
2738 lists or list subject matter (or just to annotate messages
2739 individually). The ``$index_format'' variable's ``%y'' and ``%Y''
2740 escapes can be used to expand ``X-Label:'' fields in the index, and
2741 Mutt's pattern-matcher can match regular expressions to ``X-Label:''
2742 fields with the `` y'' selector. ``X-Label:'' is not a standard
2743 message header field, but it can easily be inserted by procmail and
2744 other mail filtering agents.
2746 Lastly, Mutt has the ability to ``sort'' the mailbox into ``threads''.
2747 A thread is a group of messages which all relate to the same subject.
2748 This is usually organized into a tree-like structure where a message
2749 and all of its replies are represented graphically. If you've ever
2750 used a threaded news client, this is the same concept. It makes
2751 dealing with large volume mailing lists easier because you can easily
2752 delete uninteresting threads and quickly find topics of value.
2754 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b10
\b0.
\b. E
\bEd
\bdi
\bit
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bg t
\bth
\bhr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bds
\bs
2756 Mutt has the ability to dynamically restructure threads that are
2757 broken either by misconfigured software or bad behaviour from some
2758 correspondents. This allows to clean your mailboxes formats) from
2759 these annoyances which make it hard to follow a discussion.
2761 If you want to use these functions with IMAP, you need to compile Mutt
2762 with the _
\b-_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b-_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b-_
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs configure flag.
2764 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b10
\b0.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. L
\bLi
\bin
\bnk
\bki
\bin
\bng
\bg t
\bth
\bhr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bds
\bs
2766 Some mailers tend to "forget" to correctly set the "In-Reply-To:" and
2767 "References:" headers when replying to a message. This results in
2768 broken discussions because Mutt has not enough information to guess
2769 the correct threading. You can fix this by tagging the reply, then
2770 moving to the parent message and using the ``link-threads'' function
2771 (bound to & by default). The reply will then be connected to this
2774 You can also connect multiple childs at once, tagging them and using
2775 the tag-prefix command (';') or the auto_tag option.
2777 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b10
\b0.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. B
\bBr
\bre
\bea
\bak
\bki
\bin
\bng
\bg t
\bth
\bhr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bds
\bs
2779 On mailing lists, some people are in the bad habit of starting a new
2780 discussion by hitting "reply" to any message from the list and
2781 changing the subject to a totally unrelated one. You can fix such
2782 threads by using the ``break-thread'' function (bound by default to
2783 #), which will turn the subthread starting from the current message
2784 into a whole different thread.
2786 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b11
\b1.
\b. D
\bDe
\bel
\bli
\biv
\bve
\ber
\bry
\by S
\bSt
\bta
\bat
\btu
\bus
\bs N
\bNo
\bot
\bti
\bif
\bfi
\bic
\bca
\bat
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn (
\b(D
\bDS
\bSN
\bN)
\b) S
\bSu
\bup
\bpp
\bpo
\bor
\brt
\bt
2788 RFC1894 defines a set of MIME content types for relaying information
2789 about the status of electronic mail messages. These can be thought of
2790 as ``return receipts.'' Berkeley sendmail 8.8.x currently has some
2791 command line options in which the mail client can make requests as to
2792 what type of status messages should be returned.
2794 To support this, there are two variables. ``$dsn_notify'' is used to
2795 request receipts for different results (such as failed message,
2796 message delivered, etc.). ``$dsn_return'' requests how much of your
2797 message should be returned with the receipt (headers or full message).
2798 Refer to the man page on sendmail for more details on DSN.
2800 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b12
\b2.
\b. P
\bPO
\bOP
\bP3
\b3 S
\bSu
\bup
\bpp
\bpo
\bor
\brt
\bt (
\b(O
\bOP
\bPT
\bTI
\bIO
\bON
\bNA
\bAL
\bL)
\b)
2802 If Mutt was compiled with POP3 support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be
2803 script with the _
\b-_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bp_
\bo_
\bp flag), it has the ability to work with
2804 mailboxes located on a remote POP3 server and fetch mail for local
2807 You can access the remote POP3 mailbox by selecting the folder
2810 You can select an alternative port by specifying it with the server,
2811 ie: pop://popserver:port/.
2812 You can also specify different username for each folder, ie:
2813 pop://username@popserver[:port]/.
2815 Polling for new mail is more expensive over POP3 than locally. For
2816 this reason the frequency at which Mutt will check for mail remotely
2817 can be controlled by the ``$pop_checkinterval'' variable, which
2818 defaults to every 60 seconds.
2820 If Mutt was compiled with SSL support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script
2821 with the _
\b-_
\b-_
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh_
\b-_
\bs_
\bs_
\bl flag), connections to POP3 servers can be
2822 encrypted. This naturally requires that the server supports SSL
2823 encrypted connections. To access a folder with POP3/SSL, you should
2824 use pops: prefix, ie: pops://[username@]popserver[:port]/.
2826 Another way to access your POP3 mail is the _
\bf_
\be_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\b-_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl function
2827 (default: G). It allows to connect to ``pop_host'', fetch all your
2828 new mail and place it in the local ``spoolfile''. After this point,
2829 Mutt runs exactly as if the mail had always been local.
2831 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you only need to fetch all messages to local mailbox you
2832 should consider using a specialized program, such as fetchmail
2834 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b13
\b3.
\b. I
\bIM
\bMA
\bAP
\bP S
\bSu
\bup
\bpp
\bpo
\bor
\brt
\bt (
\b(O
\bOP
\bPT
\bTI
\bIO
\bON
\bNA
\bAL
\bL)
\b)
2836 If Mutt was compiled with IMAP support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be
2837 script with the _
\b-_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp flag), it has the ability to work with
2838 folders located on a remote IMAP server.
2840 You can access the remote inbox by selecting the folder
2841 imap://imapserver/INBOX, where imapserver is the name of the IMAP
2842 server and INBOX is the special name for your spool mailbox on the
2843 IMAP server. If you want to access another mail folder at the IMAP
2844 server, you should use imap://imapserver/path/to/folder where
2845 path/to/folder is the path of the folder you want to access.
2847 You can select an alternative port by specifying it with the server,
2848 ie: imap://imapserver:port/INBOX.
2850 You can also specify different username for each folder, ie:
2851 imap://username@imapserver[:port]/INBOX.
2853 If Mutt was compiled with SSL support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script
2854 with the _
\b-_
\b-_
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh_
\b-_
\bs_
\bs_
\bl flag), connections to IMAP servers can be
2855 encrypted. This naturally requires that the server supports SSL
2856 encrypted connections. To access a folder with IMAP/SSL, you should
2857 use imaps://[username@]imapserver[:port]/path/to/folder as your folder
2860 Pine-compatible notation is also supported, ie
2861 {[username@]imapserver[:port][/ssl]}path/to/folder
2863 Note that not all servers use / as the hierarchy separator. Mutt
2864 should correctly notice which separator is being used by the server
2865 and convert paths accordingly.
2867 When browsing folders on an IMAP server, you can toggle whether to
2868 look at only the folders you are subscribed to, or all folders with
2869 the _
\bt_
\bo_
\bg_
\bg_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd command. See also the ``$imap_list_subscribed''
2872 Polling for new mail on an IMAP server can cause noticeable delays.
2873 So, you'll want to carefully tune the ``$mail_check'' and ``$timeout''
2874 variables. Personally I use
2879 with relatively good results over my slow modem line.
2881 Note that if you are using mbox as the mail store on UW servers prior
2882 to v12.250, the server has been reported to disconnect a client if
2883 another client selects the same folder.
2885 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b13
\b3.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. T
\bTh
\bhe
\be F
\bFo
\bol
\bld
\bde
\ber
\br B
\bBr
\bro
\bow
\bws
\bse
\ber
\br
2887 As of version 1.2, mutt supports browsing mailboxes on an IMAP server.
2888 This is mostly the same as the local file browser, with the following
2891 +
\bo In lieu of file permissions, mutt displays the string "IMAP",
2892 possibly followed by the symbol "+", indicating that the entry
2893 contains both messages and subfolders. On Cyrus-like servers
2894 folders will often contain both messages and subfolders.
2896 +
\bo For the case where an entry can contain both messages and
2897 subfolders, the selection key (bound to enter by default) will
2898 choose to descend into the subfolder view. If you wish to view the
2899 messages in that folder, you must use view-file instead (bound to
2902 +
\bo You can create, delete and rename mailboxes with the create-
2903 mailbox, delete-mailbox, and rename-mailbox commands (default
2904 bindings: C, d and r, respectively). You may also subscribe and
2905 unsubscribe to mailboxes (normally these are bound to s and u,
2908 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b13
\b3.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. A
\bAu
\but
\bth
\bhe
\ben
\bnt
\bti
\bic
\bca
\bat
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn
2910 Mutt supports four authentication methods with IMAP servers: SASL,
2911 GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, and LOGIN (there is a patch by Grant Edwards to add
2912 NTLM authentication for you poor exchange users out there, but it has
2913 yet to be integrated into the main tree). There is also support for
2914 the pseudo-protocol ANONYMOUS, which allows you to log in to a public
2915 IMAP server without having an account. To use ANONYMOUS, simply make
2916 your username blank or "anonymous".
2918 SASL is a special super-authenticator, which selects among several
2919 protocols (including GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, ANONYMOUS, and DIGEST-MD5) the
2920 most secure method available on your host and the server. Using some
2921 of these methods (including DIGEST-MD5 and possibly GSSAPI), your
2922 entire session will be encrypted and invisible to those teeming
2923 network snoops. It is the best option if you have it. To use it, you
2924 must have the Cyrus SASL library installed on your system and compile
2925 mutt with the _
\b-_
\b-_
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bs_
\bl flag.
2927 Mutt will try whichever methods are compiled in and available on the
2928 server, in the following order: SASL, ANONYMOUS, GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5,
2931 There are a few variables which control authentication:
2933 +
\bo ``$imap_user'' - controls the username under which you request
2934 authentication on the IMAP server, for all authenticators. This is
2935 overridden by an explicit username in the mailbox path (ie by using
2936 a mailbox name of the form {user@host}).
2938 +
\bo ``$imap_pass'' - a password which you may preset, used by all
2939 authentication methods where a password is needed.
2941 +
\bo ``$imap_authenticators'' - a colon-delimited list of IMAP
2942 authentication methods to try, in the order you wish to try them.
2943 If specified, this overrides mutt's default (attempt everything, in
2944 the order listed above).
2946 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b14
\b4.
\b. M
\bMa
\ban
\bna
\bag
\bgi
\bin
\bng
\bg m
\bmu
\bul
\blt
\bti
\bip
\bpl
\ble
\be I
\bIM
\bMA
\bAP
\bP/
\b/P
\bPO
\bOP
\bP a
\bac
\bcc
\bco
\bou
\bun
\bnt
\bts
\bs (
\b(O
\bOP
\bPT
\bTI
\bIO
\bON
\bNA
\bAL
\bL)
\b)
2948 If you happen to have accounts on multiple IMAP and/or POP servers,
2949 you may find managing all the authentication settings inconvenient and
2950 error-prone. The account-hook command may help. This hook works like
2951 folder-hook but is invoked whenever you access a remote mailbox
2952 (including inside the folder browser), not just when you open the
2957 account-hook . 'unset imap_user; unset imap_pass; unset tunnel'
2958 account-hook imap://host1/ 'set imap_user=me1 imap_pass=foo'
2959 account-hook imap://host2/ 'set tunnel="ssh host2 /usr/libexec/imapd"'
2961 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b15
\b5.
\b. S
\bSt
\bta
\bar
\brt
\bt a
\ba W
\bWW
\bWW
\bW B
\bBr
\bro
\bow
\bws
\bse
\ber
\br o
\bon
\bn U
\bUR
\bRL
\bLs
\bs (
\b(E
\bEX
\bXT
\bTE
\bER
\bRN
\bNA
\bAL
\bL)
\b)
2963 If a message contains URLs (_
\bu_
\bn_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bd _
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br = address in the
2964 WWW space like _
\bh_
\bt_
\bt_
\bp_
\b:_
\b/_
\b/_
\bw_
\bw_
\bw_
\b._
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b._
\bo_
\br_
\bg_
\b/), it is efficient to get a menu
2965 with all the URLs and start a WWW browser on one of them. This
2966 functionality is provided by the external urlview program which can be
2967 retrieved at ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/contrib/ and the configuration
2970 macro index \cb |urlview\n
2971 macro pager \cb |urlview\n
2973 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b16
\b6.
\b. C
\bCo
\bom
\bmp
\bpr
\bre
\bes
\bss
\bse
\bed
\bd f
\bfo
\bol
\bld
\bde
\ber
\brs
\bs S
\bSu
\bup
\bpp
\bpo
\bor
\brt
\bt (
\b(O
\bOP
\bPT
\bTI
\bIO
\bON
\bNA
\bAL
\bL)
\b)
2975 If Mutt was compiled with compressed folders support (by running the
2976 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script with the _
\b-_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd flag), Mutt can open
2977 folders stored in an arbitrary format, provided that the user has a
2978 script to convert from/to this format to one of the accepted.
2980 The most common use is to open compressed archived folders e.g. with
2983 In addition, the user can provide a script that gets a folder in an
2984 accepted format and appends its context to the folder in the user-
2985 defined format, which may be faster than converting the entire folder
2986 to the accepted format, appending to it and converting back to the
2987 user-defined format.
2989 There are three hooks defined (``open-hook'', ``close-hook'' and
2990 ``append-hook'') which define commands to uncompress and compress a
2991 folder and to append messages to an existing compressed folder
2996 open-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -cd %f > %t"
2997 close-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t > %f"
2998 append-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t >> %f"
3000 You do not have to specify all of the commands. If you omit ``append-
3001 hook'', the folder will be open and closed again each time you will
3002 add to it. If you omit ``close-hook'' (or give empty command) , the
3003 folder will be open in the mode. If you specify ``append-hook''
3004 though you'll be able to append to the folder.
3006 Note that Mutt will only try to use hooks if the file is not in one of
3007 the accepted formats. In particular, if the file is empty, mutt
3008 supposes it is not compressed. This is important because it allows the
3009 use of programs that do not have well defined extensions. Just use "."
3010 as a regexp. But this may be surprising if your compressing script
3011 produces empty files. In this situation, unset ``$save_empty'', so
3012 that the compressed file will be removed if you delete all of the
3015 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b16
\b6.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. O
\bOp
\bpe
\ben
\bn a
\ba c
\bco
\bom
\bmp
\bpr
\bre
\bes
\bss
\bse
\bed
\bd m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blb
\bbo
\box
\bx f
\bfo
\bor
\br r
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bdi
\bin
\bng
\bg
3017 Usage: open-hook _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp "_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd"
3019 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is the command that can be used for opening the folders
3020 whose names match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp.
3022 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd string is the printf-like format string, and it should
3023 accept two parameters: %f, which is replaced with the (compressed)
3024 folder name, and %t which is replaced with the name of the temporary
3025 folder to which to write.
3027 %f and %t can be repeated any number of times in the command string,
3028 and all of the entries are replaced with the appropriate folder name.
3029 In addition, %% is replaced by %, as in printf, and any other
3030 %anything is left as is.
3032 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should n
\bno
\bot
\bt remove the original compressed file. The
3033 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should return non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows
3038 open-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -cd %f > %t"
3040 If the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file
3042 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b16
\b6.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. W
\bWr
\bri
\bit
\bte
\be a
\ba c
\bco
\bom
\bmp
\bpr
\bre
\bes
\bss
\bse
\bed
\bd m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blb
\bbo
\box
\bx
3044 Usage: close-hook _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp "_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd"
3046 This is used to close the folder that was open with the ``open-hook''
3047 command after some changes were made to it.
3049 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd string is the command that can be used for closing the
3050 folders whose names match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp. It has the same format as in the
3051 ``open-hook'' command. Temporary folder in this case is the folder
3052 previously produced by the <``open-hook'' command.
3054 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should n
\bno
\bot
\bt remove the decompressed file. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3055 should return non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows
3060 close-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t > %f"
3062 If the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file
3063 type, and the file can only be open in the readonly mode.
3065 ``close-hook'' is not called when you exit from the folder if the
3066 folder was not changed.
3068 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b16
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. A
\bAp
\bpp
\bpe
\ben
\bnd
\bd a
\ba m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be t
\bto
\bo a
\ba c
\bco
\bom
\bmp
\bpr
\bre
\bes
\bss
\bse
\bed
\bd m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blb
\bbo
\box
\bx
3070 Usage: append-hook _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp "_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd"
3072 This command is used for saving to an existing compressed folder. The
3073 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is the command that can be used for appending to the folders
3074 whose names match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp. It has the same format as in the ``open-
3075 hook'' command. The temporary folder in this case contains the
3076 messages that are being appended.
3078 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should n
\bno
\bot
\bt remove the decompressed file. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3079 should return non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows
3084 append-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t >> %f"
3086 When ``append-hook'' is used, the folder is not opened, which saves
3087 time, but this means that we can not find out what the folder type is.
3088 Thus the default (``$mbox_type'') type is always supposed (i.e. this
3089 is the format used for the temporary folder).
3091 If the file does not exist when you save to it, ``close-hook'' is
3092 called, and not ``append-hook''. ``append-hook'' is only for appending
3093 to existing folders.
3095 If the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file
3096 type. In this case, the folder will be open and closed again (using
3097 ``open-hook'' and ``close-hook''respectively) each time you will add
3100 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b16
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. E
\bEn
\bnc
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bte
\bed
\bd f
\bfo
\bol
\bld
\bde
\ber
\brs
\bs
3102 The compressed folders support can also be used to handle encrypted
3103 folders. If you want to encrypt a folder with PGP, you may want to use
3104 the following hooks:
3106 open-hook \\.pgp$ "pgp -f < %f > %t"
3107 close-hook \\.pgp$ "pgp -fe YourPgpUserIdOrKeyId < %t > %f"
3109 Please note, that PGP does not support appending to an encrypted
3110 folder, so there is no append-hook defined.
3112 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: the folder is temporary stored decrypted in the /tmp directory,
3113 where it can be read by your system administrator. So think about the
3114 security aspects of this.
3116 5
\b5.
\b. M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt'
\b's
\bs M
\bMI
\bIM
\bME
\bE S
\bSu
\bup
\bpp
\bpo
\bor
\brt
\bt
3118 Quite a bit of effort has been made to make Mutt the premier text-mode
3119 MIME MUA. Every effort has been made to provide the functionality
3120 that the discerning MIME user requires, and the conformance to the
3121 standards wherever possible. When configuring Mutt for MIME, there
3122 are two extra types of configuration files which Mutt uses. One is
3123 the mime.types file, which contains the mapping of file extensions to
3124 IANA MIME types. The other is the mailcap file, which specifies the
3125 external commands to use for handling specific MIME types.
3127 5
\b5.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. U
\bUs
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg M
\bMI
\bIM
\bME
\bE i
\bin
\bn M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt
3129 There are three areas/menus in Mutt which deal with MIME, they are the
3130 pager (while viewing a message), the attachment menu and the compose
3133 5
\b5.
\b.1
\b1.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. V
\bVi
\bie
\bew
\bwi
\bin
\bng
\bg M
\bMI
\bIM
\bME
\bE m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\bes
\bs i
\bin
\bn t
\bth
\bhe
\be p
\bpa
\bag
\bge
\ber
\br
3135 When you select a message from the index and view it in the pager,
3136 Mutt decodes the message to a text representation. Mutt internally
3137 supports a number of MIME types, including text/plain, text/enriched,
3138 message/rfc822, and message/news. In addition, the export controlled
3139 version of Mutt recognizes a variety of PGP MIME types, including
3140 PGP/MIME and application/pgp.
3142 Mutt will denote attachments with a couple lines describing them.
3143 These lines are of the form:
3145 [-- Attachment #1: Description --]
3146 [-- Type: text/plain, Encoding: 7bit, Size: 10000 --]
3148 Where the Description is the description or filename given for the
3149 attachment, and the Encoding is one of 7bit/8bit/quoted-
3150 printable/base64/binary.
3152 If Mutt cannot deal with a MIME type, it will display a message like:
3154 [-- image/gif is unsupported (use 'v' to view this part) --]
3156 5
\b5.
\b.1
\b1.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. T
\bTh
\bhe
\be A
\bAt
\btt
\bta
\bac
\bch
\bhm
\bme
\ben
\bnt
\bt M
\bMe
\ben
\bnu
\bu
3158 The default binding for view-attachments is `v', which displays the
3159 attachment menu for a message. The attachment menu displays a list of
3160 the attachments in a message. From the attachment menu, you can save,
3161 print, pipe, delete, and view attachments. You can apply these
3162 operations to a group of attachments at once, by tagging the
3163 attachments and by using the ``tag-prefix'' operator. You can also
3164 reply to the current message from this menu, and only the current
3165 attachment (or the attachments tagged) will be quoted in your reply.
3166 You can view attachments as text, or view them using the mailcap
3169 Finally, you can apply the usual message-related functions (like
3170 ``resend-message'', and the reply and forward functions) to
3171 attachments of type message/rfc822.
3173 See the help on the attachment menu for more information.
3175 5
\b5.
\b.1
\b1.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. T
\bTh
\bhe
\be C
\bCo
\bom
\bmp
\bpo
\bos
\bse
\be M
\bMe
\ben
\bnu
\bu
3177 The compose menu is the menu you see before you send a message. It
3178 allows you to edit the recipient list, the subject, and other aspects
3179 of your message. It also contains a list of the attachments of your
3180 message, including the main body. From this menu, you can print,
3181 copy, filter, pipe, edit, compose, review, and rename an attachment or
3182 a list of tagged attachments. You can also modifying the attachment
3183 information, notably the type, encoding and description.
3185 Attachments appear as follows:
3187 - 1 [text/plain, 7bit, 1K] /tmp/mutt-euler-8082-0 <no description>
3188 2 [applica/x-gunzip, base64, 422K] ~/src/mutt-0.85.tar.gz <no description>
3190 The '-' denotes that Mutt will delete the file after sending (or
3191 postponing, or cancelling) the message. It can be toggled with the
3192 toggle-unlink command (default: u). The next field is the MIME
3193 content-type, and can be changed with the edit-type command (default:
3194 ^T). The next field is the encoding for the attachment, which allows
3195 a binary message to be encoded for transmission on 7bit links. It can
3196 be changed with the edit-encoding command (default: ^E). The next
3197 field is the size of the attachment, rounded to kilobytes or
3198 megabytes. The next field is the filename, which can be changed with
3199 the rename-file command (default: R). The final field is the
3200 description of the attachment, and can be changed with the edit-
3201 description command (default: d).
3203 5
\b5.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. M
\bMI
\bIM
\bME
\bE T
\bTy
\byp
\bpe
\be c
\bco
\bon
\bnf
\bfi
\big
\bgu
\bur
\bra
\bat
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn w
\bwi
\bit
\bth
\bh m
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be.
\b.t
\bty
\byp
\bpe
\bes
\bs
3205 When you add an attachment to your mail message, Mutt searches your
3206 personal mime.types file at ${HOME}/.mime.types, and then the system
3207 mime.types file at /usr/local/share/mutt/mime.types or /etc/mime.types
3209 The mime.types file consist of lines containing a MIME type and a
3210 space separated list of extensions. For example:
3212 application/postscript ps eps
3214 audio/x-aiff aif aifc aiff
3216 A sample mime.types file comes with the Mutt distribution, and should
3217 contain most of the MIME types you are likely to use.
3219 If Mutt can not determine the mime type by the extension of the file
3220 you attach, it will look at the file. If the file is free of binary
3221 information, Mutt will assume that the file is plain text, and mark it
3222 as text/plain. If the file contains binary information, then Mutt
3223 will mark it as application/octet-stream. You can change the MIME
3224 type that Mutt assigns to an attachment by using the edit-type command
3225 from the compose menu (default: ^T). The MIME type is actually a major
3226 mime type followed by the sub-type, separated by a '/'. 6 major types:
3227 application, text, image, video, audio, and model have been approved
3228 after various internet discussions. Mutt recognises all of these if
3229 the appropriate entry is found in the mime.types file. It also
3230 recognises other major mime types, such as the chemical type that is
3231 widely used in the molecular modelling community to pass molecular
3232 data in various forms to various molecular viewers. Non-recognised
3233 mime types should only be used if the recipient of the message is
3234 likely to be expecting such attachments.
3236 5
\b5.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. M
\bMI
\bIM
\bME
\bE V
\bVi
\bie
\bew
\bwe
\ber
\br c
\bco
\bon
\bnf
\bfi
\big
\bgu
\bur
\bra
\bat
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn w
\bwi
\bit
\bth
\bh m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blc
\bca
\bap
\bp
3238 Mutt supports RFC 1524 MIME Configuration, in particular the Unix
3239 specific format specified in Appendix A of RFC 1524. This file format
3240 is commonly referred to as the mailcap format. Many MIME compliant
3241 programs utilize the mailcap format, allowing you to specify handling
3242 for all MIME types in one place for all programs. Programs known to
3243 use this format include Netscape, XMosaic, lynx and metamail.
3245 In order to handle various MIME types that Mutt can not handle
3246 internally, Mutt parses a series of external configuration files to
3247 find an external handler. The default search string for these files
3248 is a colon delimited list set to
3250 ${HOME}/.mailcap:/usr/local/share/mutt/mailcap:/etc/mailcap:/etc/mailcap:/usr/etc/mailcap:/usr/local/etc/mailcap
3252 where $HOME is your home directory.
3254 In particular, the metamail distribution will install a mailcap file,
3255 usually as /usr/local/etc/mailcap, which contains some baseline
3258 5
\b5.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. T
\bTh
\bhe
\be B
\bBa
\bas
\bsi
\bic
\bcs
\bs o
\bof
\bf t
\bth
\bhe
\be m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blc
\bca
\bap
\bp f
\bfi
\bil
\ble
\be
3260 A mailcap file consists of a series of lines which are comments,
3261 blank, or definitions.
3263 A comment line consists of a # character followed by anything you
3266 A blank line is blank.
3268 A definition line consists of a content type, a view command, and any
3269 number of optional fields. Each field of a definition line is divided
3270 by a semicolon ';' character.
3272 The content type is specified in the MIME standard type/subtype
3273 method. For example, text/plain, text/html, image/gif, etc. In
3274 addition, the mailcap format includes two formats for wildcards, one
3275 using the special '*' subtype, the other is the implicit wild, where
3276 you only include the major type. For example, image/*, or video, will
3277 match all image types and video types, respectively.
3279 The view command is a Unix command for viewing the type specified.
3280 There are two different types of commands supported. The default is to
3281 send the body of the MIME message to the command on stdin. You can
3282 change this behaviour by using %s as a parameter to your view command.
3283 This will cause Mutt to save the body of the MIME message to a
3284 temporary file, and then call the view command with the %s replaced by
3285 the name of the temporary file. In both cases, Mutt will turn over the
3286 terminal to the view program until the program quits, at which time
3287 Mutt will remove the temporary file if it exists.
3289 So, in the simplest form, you can send a text/plain message to the
3290 external pager more on stdin:
3294 Or, you could send the message as a file:
3298 Perhaps you would like to use lynx to interactively view a text/html
3303 In this case, lynx does not support viewing a file from stdin, so you
3304 must use the %s syntax. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: _
\bS_
\bo_
\bm_
\be _
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br _
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs _
\bo_
\bf _
\bl_
\by_
\bn_
\bx _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bi_
\bn _
\ba
3305 _
\bb_
\bu_
\bg _
\bw_
\bh_
\be_
\br_
\be _
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\by _
\bw_
\bi_
\bl_
\bl _
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\ba _
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw_
\be_
\br _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\b/_
\bh_
\bt_
\bm_
\bl_
\b.
3306 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be_
\by _
\bw_
\bi_
\bl_
\bl _
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be _
\bw_
\bh_
\bi_
\bc_
\bh _
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\bs _
\bl_
\by_
\bn_
\bx_
\b, _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\br_
\bu_
\bn _
\bi_
\bt_
\b. _
\bT_
\bh_
\bi_
\bs _
\bc_
\ba_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\bs
3307 _
\bl_
\by_
\bn_
\bx _
\bt_
\bo _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bu_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs_
\bl_
\by _
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bw_
\bn _
\bi_
\bt_
\bs_
\be_
\bl_
\bf _
\bt_
\bo _
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b.
3309 On the other hand, maybe you don't want to use lynx interactively, you
3310 just want to have it convert the text/html to text/plain, then you can
3313 text/html; lynx -dump %s | more
3315 Perhaps you wish to use lynx to view text/html files, and a pager on
3316 all other text formats, then you would use the following:
3321 This is the simplest form of a mailcap file.
3323 5
\b5.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. S
\bSe
\bec
\bcu
\bur
\bre
\be u
\bus
\bse
\be o
\bof
\bf m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blc
\bca
\bap
\bp
3325 The interpretion of shell meta-characters embedded in MIME parameters
3326 can lead to security problems in general. Mutt tries to quote
3327 parameters in expansion of %s syntaxes properly, and avoids risky
3328 characters by substituting them, see the ``mailcap_sanitize''
3331 Although mutt's procedures to invoke programs with mailcap seem to be
3332 safe, there are other applications parsing mailcap, maybe taking less
3333 care of it. Therefore you should pay attention to the following
3336 _
\bK_
\be_
\be_
\bp _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\b%_
\b-_
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bo_
\bs _
\ba_
\bw_
\ba_
\by _
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm _
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b. Don't quote them with
3337 single or double quotes. Mutt does this for you, the right way, as
3338 should any other program which interprets mailcap. Don't put them
3339 into backtick expansions. Be highly careful with eval statements, and
3340 avoid them if possible at all. Trying to fix broken behaviour with
3341 quotes introduces new leaks - there is no alternative to correct
3342 quoting in the first place.
3344 If you have to use the %-expandos' values in context where you need
3345 quoting or backtick expansions, put that value into a shell variable
3346 and reference the shell variable where necessary, as in the following
3347 example (using $charset inside the backtick expansion is safe, since
3348 it is not itself subject to any further expansion):
3350 text/test-mailcap-bug; cat %s; copiousoutput; test=charset=%{charset} \
3351 && test "`echo $charset | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'`" != iso-8859-1
3353 5
\b5.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. A
\bAd
\bdv
\bva
\ban
\bnc
\bce
\bed
\bd m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blc
\bca
\bap
\bp U
\bUs
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be
3355 5
\b5.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. O
\bOp
\bpt
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bna
\bal
\bl F
\bFi
\bie
\bel
\bld
\bds
\bs
3357 In addition to the required content-type and view command fields, you
3358 can add semi-colon ';' separated fields to set flags and other
3359 options. Mutt recognizes the following optional fields:
3361 c
\bco
\bop
\bpi
\bio
\bou
\bus
\bso
\bou
\but
\btp
\bpu
\but
\bt
3362 This flag tells Mutt that the command passes possibly large
3363 amounts of text on stdout. This causes Mutt to invoke a pager
3364 (either the internal pager or the external pager defined by the
3365 pager variable) on the output of the view command. Without this
3366 flag, Mutt assumes that the command is interactive. One could
3367 use this to replace the pipe to more in the lynx -dump example
3368 in the Basic section:
3370 text/html; lynx -dump %s ; copiousoutput
3372 This will cause lynx to format the text/html output as text/plain
3373 and Mutt will use your standard pager to display the results.
3375 n
\bne
\bee
\bed
\bds
\bst
\bte
\ber
\brm
\bmi
\bin
\bna
\bal
\bl
3376 Mutt uses this flag when viewing attachments with ``autoview'',
3377 in order to decide whether it should honor the setting of the
3378 ``$wait_key'' variable or not. When an attachment is viewed
3379 using an interactive program, and the corresponding mailcap
3380 entry has a _
\bn_
\be_
\be_
\bd_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\bi_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl flag, Mutt will use ``$wait_key'' and
3381 the exit status of the program to decide if it will ask you to
3382 press a key after the external program has exited. In all other
3383 situations it will not prompt you for a key.
3385 c
\bco
\bom
\bmp
\bpo
\bos
\bse
\be=
\b=<
\b<c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd>
\b>
3386 This flag specifies the command to use to create a new
3387 attachment of a specific MIME type. Mutt supports this from the
3390 c
\bco
\bom
\bmp
\bpo
\bos
\bse
\bet
\bty
\byp
\bpe
\bed
\bd=
\b=<
\b<c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd>
\b>
3391 This flag specifies the command to use to create a new
3392 attachment of a specific MIME type. This command differs from
3393 the compose command in that mutt will expect standard MIME
3394 headers on the data. This can be used to specify parameters,
3395 filename, description, etc. for a new attachment. Mutt
3396 supports this from the compose menu.
3398 p
\bpr
\bri
\bin
\bnt
\bt=
\b=<
\b<c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd>
\b>
3399 This flag specifies the command to use to print a specific MIME
3400 type. Mutt supports this from the attachment and compose menus.
3402 e
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bt=
\b=<
\b<c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd>
\b>
3403 This flag specifies the command to use to edit a specific MIME
3404 type. Mutt supports this from the compose menu, and also uses
3405 it to compose new attachments. Mutt will default to the defined
3406 editor for text attachments.
3408 n
\bna
\bam
\bme
\bet
\bte
\bem
\bmp
\bpl
\bla
\bat
\bte
\be=
\b=<
\b<t
\bte
\bem
\bmp
\bpl
\bla
\bat
\bte
\be>
\b>
3409 This field specifies the format for the file denoted by %s in
3410 the command fields. Certain programs will require a certain
3411 file extension, for instance, to correctly view a file. For
3412 instance, lynx will only interpret a file as text/html if the
3413 file ends in .html. So, you would specify lynx as a text/html
3414 viewer with a line in the mailcap file like:
3416 text/html; lynx %s; nametemplate=%s.html
3418 t
\bte
\bes
\bst
\bt=
\b=<
\b<c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd>
\b>
3419 This field specifies a command to run to test whether this
3420 mailcap entry should be used. The command is defined with the
3421 command expansion rules defined in the next section. If the
3422 command returns 0, then the test passed, and Mutt uses this
3423 entry. If the command returns non-zero, then the test failed,
3424 and Mutt continues searching for the right entry. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: _
\bt_
\bh_
\be
3425 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be _
\bm_
\bu_
\bs_
\bt _
\bm_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt _
\bp_
\be_
\br_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\bs _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bt_
\be_
\bs_
\bt_
\b. For
3428 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
3431 In this example, Mutt will run the program RunningX which will
3432 return 0 if the X Window manager is running, and non-zero if it
3433 isn't. If RunningX returns 0, then Mutt will call netscape to dis-
3434 play the text/html object. If RunningX doesn't return 0, then Mutt
3435 will go on to the next entry and use lynx to display the text/html
3438 5
\b5.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. S
\bSe
\bea
\bar
\brc
\bch
\bh O
\bOr
\brd
\bde
\ber
\br
3440 When searching for an entry in the mailcap file, Mutt will search for
3441 the most useful entry for its purpose. For instance, if you are
3442 attempting to print an image/gif, and you have the following entries
3443 in your mailcap file, Mutt will search for an entry with the print
3447 image/gif; ; print= anytopnm %s | pnmtops | lpr; \
3450 Mutt will skip the image/* entry and use the image/gif entry with the
3453 In addition, you can use this with ``Autoview'' to denote two commands
3454 for viewing an attachment, one to be viewed automatically, the other
3455 to be viewed interactively from the attachment menu. In addition, you
3456 can then use the test feature to determine which viewer to use
3457 interactively depending on your environment.
3459 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
3460 text/html; lynx %s; nametemplate=%s.html
3461 text/html; lynx -dump %s; nametemplate=%s.html; copiousoutput
3463 For ``Autoview'', Mutt will choose the third entry because of the
3464 copiousoutput tag. For interactive viewing, Mutt will run the program
3465 RunningX to determine if it should use the first entry. If the pro-
3466 gram returns non-zero, Mutt will use the second entry for interactive
3469 5
\b5.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. C
\bCo
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd E
\bEx
\bxp
\bpa
\ban
\bns
\bsi
\bio
\bon
\bn
3471 The various commands defined in the mailcap files are passed to the
3472 /bin/sh shell using the system() function. Before the command is
3473 passed to /bin/sh -c, it is parsed to expand various special
3474 parameters with information from Mutt. The keywords Mutt expands are:
3476 %
\b%s
\bs As seen in the basic mailcap section, this variable is expanded
3477 to a filename specified by the calling program. This file
3478 contains the body of the message to view/print/edit or where the
3479 composing program should place the results of composition. In
3480 addition, the use of this keyword causes Mutt to not pass the
3481 body of the message to the view/print/edit program on stdin.
3483 %
\b%t
\bt Mutt will expand %t to the text representation of the content
3484 type of the message in the same form as the first parameter of
3485 the mailcap definition line, ie text/html or image/gif.
3487 %
\b%{
\b{<
\b<p
\bpa
\bar
\bra
\bam
\bme
\bet
\bte
\ber
\br>
\b>}
\b}
3488 Mutt will expand this to the value of the specified parameter
3489 from the Content-Type: line of the mail message. For instance,
3490 if Your mail message contains:
3492 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
3494 then Mutt will expand %{charset} to iso-8859-1. The default meta-
3495 mail mailcap file uses this feature to test the charset to spawn an
3496 xterm using the right charset to view the message.
3498 \
\b\%
\b% This will be replaced by a %
3500 Mutt does not currently support the %F and %n keywords specified in
3501 RFC 1524. The main purpose of these parameters is for multipart mes-
3502 sages, which is handled internally by Mutt.
3504 5
\b5.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. E
\bEx
\bxa
\bam
\bmp
\bpl
\ble
\be m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blc
\bca
\bap
\bp f
\bfi
\bil
\ble
\bes
\bs
3506 This mailcap file is fairly simple and standard:
3508 ______________________________________________________________________
3509 # I'm always running X :)
3510 video/*; xanim %s > /dev/null
3511 image/*; xv %s > /dev/null
3513 # I'm always running netscape (if my computer had more memory, maybe)
3514 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)'
3515 ______________________________________________________________________
3517 This mailcap file shows quite a number of examples:
3519 ______________________________________________________________________
3520 # Use xanim to view all videos Xanim produces a header on startup,
3521 # send that to /dev/null so I don't see it
3522 video/*; xanim %s > /dev/null
3524 # Send html to a running netscape by remote
3525 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)'; test=RunningNetscape
3527 # If I'm not running netscape but I am running X, start netscape on the
3529 text/html; netscape %s; test=RunningX
3531 # Else use lynx to view it as text
3534 # This version would convert the text/html to text/plain
3535 text/html; lynx -dump %s; copiousoutput
3537 # I use enscript to print text in two columns to a page
3538 text/*; more %s; print=enscript -2Gr %s
3540 # Netscape adds a flag to tell itself to view jpegs internally
3541 image/jpeg;xv %s; x-mozilla-flags=internal
3543 # Use xv to view images if I'm running X
3544 # In addition, this uses the \ to extend the line and set my editor
3546 image/*;xv %s; test=RunningX; \
3549 # Convert images to text using the netpbm tools
3550 image/*; (anytopnm %s | pnmscale -xysize 80 46 | ppmtopgm | pgmtopbm |
3551 pbmtoascii -1x2 ) 2>&1 ; copiousoutput
3553 # Send excel spreadsheets to my NT box
3554 application/ms-excel; open.pl %s
3555 ______________________________________________________________________
3557 5
\b5.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. M
\bMI
\bIM
\bME
\bE A
\bAu
\but
\bto
\bov
\bvi
\bie
\bew
\bw
3559 In addition to explicitly telling Mutt to view an attachment with the
3560 MIME viewer defined in the mailcap file, Mutt has support for
3561 automatically viewing MIME attachments while in the pager.
3563 To work, you must define a viewer in the mailcap file which uses the
3564 copiousoutput option to denote that it is non-interactive. Usually,
3565 you also use the entry to convert the attachment to a text
3566 representation which you can view in the pager.
3568 You then use the auto_view muttrc command to list the content-types
3569 that you wish to view automatically.
3571 For instance, if you set auto_view to:
3573 auto_view text/html application/x-gunzip application/postscript image/gif application/x-tar-gz
3575 Mutt could use the following mailcap entries to automatically view
3576 attachments of these types.
3578 text/html; lynx -dump %s; copiousoutput; nametemplate=%s.html
3579 image/*; anytopnm %s | pnmscale -xsize 80 -ysize 50 | ppmtopgm | pgmtopbm | pbmtoascii ; copiousoutput
3580 application/x-gunzip; gzcat; copiousoutput
3581 application/x-tar-gz; gunzip -c %s | tar -tf - ; copiousoutput
3582 application/postscript; ps2ascii %s; copiousoutput
3584 ``unauto_view'' can be used to remove previous entries from the
3585 autoview list. This can be used with message-hook to autoview
3586 messages based on size, etc. ``unauto_view *'' will remove all
3589 5
\b5.
\b.5
\b5.
\b. M
\bMI
\bIM
\bME
\bE M
\bMu
\bul
\blt
\bti
\bip
\bpa
\bar
\brt
\bt/
\b/A
\bAl
\blt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bna
\bat
\bti
\biv
\bve
\be
3591 Mutt has some heuristics for determining which attachment of a
3592 multipart/alternative type to display. First, mutt will check the
3593 alternative_order list to determine if one of the available types is
3594 preferred. The alternative_order list consists of a number of
3595 mimetypes in order, including support for implicit and explicit
3596 wildcards, for example:
3598 alternative_order text/enriched text/plain text application/postscript image/*
3600 Next, mutt will check if any of the types have a defined
3601 ``auto_view'', and use that. Failing that, Mutt will look for any
3602 text type. As a last attempt, mutt will look for any type it knows
3605 To remove a MIME type from the alternative_order list, use the
3606 unalternative_order command.
3608 5
\b5.
\b.6
\b6.
\b. M
\bMI
\bIM
\bME
\bE L
\bLo
\boo
\bok
\bku
\bup
\bp
3610 Mutt's mime_lookup list specifies a list of mime-types that should not
3611 be treated according to their mailcap entry. This option is designed
3612 to deal with binary types such as application/octet-stream. When an
3613 attachment's mime-type is listed in mime_lookup, then the extension of
3614 the filename will be compared to the list of extensions in the
3615 mime.types file. The mime-type associated with this extension will
3616 then be used to process the attachment according to the rules in the
3617 mailcap file and according to any other configuration options (such as
3618 auto_view) specified. Common usage would be:
3620 mime_lookup application/octet-stream application/X-Lotus-Manuscript
3622 In addition, the unmime_lookup command may be used to disable this
3623 feature for any particular mime-type if it had been set, for example,
3626 6
\b6.
\b. R
\bRe
\bef
\bfe
\ber
\bre
\ben
\bnc
\bce
\be
3628 6
\b6.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. C
\bCo
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd l
\bli
\bin
\bne
\be o
\bop
\bpt
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bns
\bs
3630 Running mutt with no arguments will make Mutt attempt to read your
3631 spool mailbox. However, it is possible to read other mailboxes and to
3632 send messages from the command line as well.
3635 -a attach a file to a message
3636 -b specify a blind carbon-copy (BCC) address
3637 -c specify a carbon-copy (Cc) address
3638 -e specify a config command to be run after initilization files are read
3639 -f specify a mailbox to load
3640 -F specify an alternate file to read initialization commands
3641 -h print help on command line options
3642 -H specify a draft file from which to read a header and body
3643 -i specify a file to include in a message composition
3644 -m specify a default mailbox type
3645 -n do not read the system Muttrc
3646 -p recall a postponed message
3647 -Q query a configuration variable
3648 -R open mailbox in read-only mode
3649 -s specify a subject (enclose in quotes if it contains spaces)
3650 -v show version number and compile-time definitions
3651 -x simulate the mailx(1) compose mode
3652 -y show a menu containing the files specified by the mailboxes command
3653 -z exit immediately if there are no messages in the mailbox
3654 -Z open the first folder with new message,exit immediately if none
3656 To read messages in a mailbox
3658 mutt [ -nz ] [ -F _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bc ] [ -m _
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ] [ -f _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx ]
3660 To compose a new message
3662 mutt [ -n ] [ -F _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bc ] [ -a _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be ] [ -c _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs ] [ -i _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ] [
3663 -s _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt ] _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs ... ]
3665 Mutt also supports a ``batch'' mode to send prepared messages. Simply
3666 redirect input from the file you wish to send. For example,
3668 mutt -s "data set for run #2" professor@bigschool.edu < ~/run2.dat
3670 This command will send a message to ``professor@bigschool.edu'' with a
3671 subject of ``data set for run #2''. In the body of the message will
3672 be the contents of the file ``~/run2.dat''.
3674 6
\b6.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. C
\bCo
\bon
\bnf
\bfi
\big
\bgu
\bur
\bra
\bat
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn C
\bCo
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bds
\bs
3676 The following are the commands understood by mutt.
3678 +
\bo ``account-hook'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3680 +
\bo ``alias'' _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ , _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs, ... ]
3682 +
\bo ``unalias'' [ * | _
\bk_
\be_
\by ... ]
3684 +
\bo ``alternates'' _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3686 +
\bo ``unalternates'' [ * | _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3688 +
\bo ``alternative_order'' _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3690 +
\bo ``unalternative_order'' _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3692 +
\bo ``append-hook'' _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3694 +
\bo ``auto_view'' _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3696 +
\bo ``unauto_view'' _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3698 +
\bo ``bind'' _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
3700 +
\bo ``charset-hook'' _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3702 +
\bo ``close-hook'' _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3704 +
\bo ``color'' _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
3706 +
\bo ``uncolor'' _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3708 +
\bo ``exec'' _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn [ _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ... ]
3710 +
\bo ``fcc-hook'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
3712 +
\bo ``fcc-save-hook'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
3714 +
\bo ``folder-hook'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3716 +
\bo ``hdr_order'' _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br [ _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br ... ]
3718 +
\bo ``unhdr_order'' _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br [ _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br ... ]
3720 +
\bo ``iconv-hook'' _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\b-_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3722 +
\bo ``ignore'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3724 +
\bo ``unignore'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3726 +
\bo ``lists'' _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3728 +
\bo ``unlists'' _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3730 +
\bo ``macro'' _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be [ _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ]
3732 +
\bo ``mailboxes'' _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ... ]
3734 +
\bo ``mbox-hook'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
3736 +
\bo ``message-hook'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3738 +
\bo ``mime_lookup'' _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3740 +
\bo ``unmime_lookup'' _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3742 +
\bo ``mono'' _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
3744 +
\bo ``unmono'' _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3746 +
\bo ``my_hdr'' _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
3748 +
\bo ``unmy_hdr'' _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd ... ]
3750 +
\bo ``open-hook'' _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3752 +
\bo ``crypt-hook'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\b-_
\bi_
\bd
3754 +
\bo ``push'' _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
3756 +
\bo ``reset'' _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3758 +
\bo ``save-hook'' _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
3760 +
\bo ``score'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be
3762 +
\bo ``unscore'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3764 +
\bo ``send-hook'' _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3766 +
\bo ``reply-hook'' _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3768 +
\bo ``set'' [no|inv]_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be[=_
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be] [ _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3770 +
\bo ``unset'' _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3772 +
\bo ``source'' _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
3774 +
\bo ``spam'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
3776 +
\bo ``nospam'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
3778 +
\bo ``subscribe'' _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3780 +
\bo ``unsubscribe'' _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3782 +
\bo ``toggle'' _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3784 +
\bo ``unhook'' _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be
3786 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. C
\bCo
\bon
\bnf
\bfi
\big
\bgu
\bur
\bra
\bat
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn v
\bva
\bar
\bri
\bia
\bab
\bbl
\ble
\bes
\bs
3788 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. a
\bab
\bbo
\bor
\brt
\bt_
\b_n
\bno
\bos
\bsu
\bub
\bbj
\bje
\bec
\bct
\bt
3793 If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, when composing messages and no subject is given at the
3794 subject prompt, composition will be aborted. If set to _
\bn_
\bo, composing
3795 messages with no subject given at the subject prompt will never be
3798 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. a
\bab
\bbo
\bor
\brt
\bt_
\b_u
\bun
\bnm
\bmo
\bod
\bdi
\bif
\bfi
\bie
\bed
\bd
3803 If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, composition will automatically abort after editing the
3804 message body if no changes are made to the file (this check only
3805 happens after the _
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bs_
\bt edit of the file). When set to _
\bn_
\bo,
3806 composition will never be aborted.
3808 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bs_
\b_f
\bfi
\bil
\ble
\be
3811 Default: "~/.muttngrc"
3813 The default file in which to save aliases created by the ````create-
3816 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Mutt-ng will not automatically source this file; you must
3817 explicitly use the ````source'''' command for it to be executed.
3819 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bs_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
3822 Default: "%4n %2f %t %-10a %r"
3824 Specifies the format of the data displayed for the `alias' menu. The
3825 following printf(3)-style sequences are available:
3829 %
\b%f
\bf flags - currently, a "d" for an alias marked for deletion
3831 %
\b%n
\bn index number
3833 %
\b%r
\br address which alias expands to
3835 %
\b%t
\bt character which indicates if the alias is tagged for inclusion
3837 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b5.
\b. a
\bal
\bll
\blo
\bow
\bw_
\b_8
\b8b
\bbi
\bit
\bt
3842 Controls whether 8-bit data is converted to 7-bit using either Quoted-
3843 Printable or Base64 encoding when sending mail.
3845 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b6.
\b. a
\bal
\bll
\blo
\bow
\bw_
\b_a
\ban
\bns
\bsi
\bi
3850 Controls whether ANSI color codes in messages (and color tags in rich
3851 text messages) are to be interpreted. Messages containing these codes
3852 are rare, but if this option is set, their text will be colored
3853 accordingly. Note that this may override your color choices, and even
3854 present a security problem, since a message could include a line like
3855 "[-- PGP output follows ..." and give it the same color as your
3858 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b7.
\b. a
\bar
\brr
\bro
\bow
\bw_
\b_c
\bcu
\bur
\brs
\bso
\bor
\br
3863 When set, an arrow (``->'') will be used to indicate the current entry
3864 in menus instead of highlighting the whole line. On slow network or
3865 modem links this will make response faster because there is less that
3866 has to be redrawn on the screen when moving to the next or previous
3867 entries in the menu.
3869 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b8.
\b. a
\bas
\bsc
\bci
\bii
\bi_
\b_c
\bch
\bha
\bar
\brs
\bs
3874 If set, Mutt-ng will use plain ASCII characters when displaying thread
3875 and attachment trees, instead of the default _
\bA_
\bC_
\bS characters.
3877 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b9.
\b. a
\bas
\bsk
\bk_
\b_f
\bfo
\bol
\bll
\blo
\bow
\bw_
\b_u
\bup
\bp
3882 If set, Mutt-ng will prompt you for follow-up groups before editing
3883 the body of an outgoing message.
3885 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b0.
\b. a
\bas
\bsk
\bk_
\b_x
\bx_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bme
\ben
\bnt
\bt_
\b_t
\bto
\bo
3890 If set, Mutt-ng will prompt you for x-comment-to field before editing
3891 the body of an outgoing message.
3893 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b1.
\b. a
\bas
\bsk
\bkb
\bbc
\bcc
\bc
3898 If set, Mutt-ng will prompt you for blind-carbon-copy (Bcc) recipients
3899 before editing an outgoing message.
3901 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b2.
\b. a
\bas
\bsk
\bkc
\bcc
\bc
3906 If set, Mutt-ng will prompt you for carbon-copy (Cc) recipients before
3907 editing the body of an outgoing message.
3909 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b3.
\b. a
\bas
\bss
\bsu
\bum
\bme
\bed
\bd_
\b_c
\bch
\bha
\bar
\brs
\bse
\bet
\bt
3914 This variable is a colon-separated list of character encoding schemes
3915 for messages without character encoding indication. Header field
3916 values and message body content without character encoding indication
3917 would be assumed that they are written in one of this list. By
3918 default, all the header fields and message body without any charset
3919 indication are assumed to be in "us-ascii".
3921 For example, Japanese users might prefer this:
3923 set assumed_charset="iso-2022-jp:euc-jp:shift_jis:utf-8"
3925 However, only the first content is valid for the message body. This
3926 variable is valid only if ``$strict_mime'' is unset.
3928 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b4.
\b. a
\bat
\btt
\bta
\bac
\bch
\bh_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
3931 Default: "%u%D%I %t%4n %T%.40d%> [%.7m/%.10M, %.6e%?C?, %C?, %s] "
3933 This variable describes the format of the `attachment' menu. The
3934 following printf-style sequences are understood:
3938 %
\b%c
\bc requires charset conversion (n or c)
3940 %
\b%D
\bD deleted flag
3942 %
\b%d
\bd description
3944 %
\b%e
\be MIME content-transfer-encoding
3948 %
\b%I
\bI disposition (I=inline, A=attachment)
3950 %
\b%m
\bm major MIME type
3952 %
\b%M
\bM MIME subtype
3954 %
\b%n
\bn attachment number
3958 %
\b%t
\bt tagged flag
3960 %
\b%T
\bT graphic tree characters
3962 %
\b%u
\bu unlink (=to delete) flag
3965 right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"
3968 pad to the end of the line with character "X"
3970 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b5.
\b. a
\bat
\btt
\bta
\bac
\bch
\bh_
\b_s
\bse
\bep
\bp
3975 The separator to add between attachments when operating (saving,
3976 printing, piping, etc) on a list of tagged attachments.
3978 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b6.
\b. a
\bat
\btt
\bta
\bac
\bch
\bh_
\b_s
\bsp
\bpl
\bli
\bit
\bt
3983 If this variable is unset, when operating (saving, printing, piping,
3984 etc) on a list of tagged attachments, Mutt-ng will concatenate the
3985 attachments and will operate on them as a single attachment. The
3986 ````$attach_sep'''' separator is added after each attachment. When
3987 set, Mutt-ng will operate on the attachments one by one.
3989 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b7.
\b. a
\bat
\btt
\btr
\bri
\bib
\bbu
\but
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn
3992 Default: "On %d, %n wrote:"
3994 This is the string that will precede a message which has been included
3995 in a reply. For a full listing of defined printf()-like sequences see
3996 the section on ````$index_format''''.
3998 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b8.
\b. a
\bau
\but
\bto
\bo_
\b_t
\bta
\bag
\bg
4003 When set, functions in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu which affect a message will be
4004 applied to all tagged messages (if there are any). When unset, you
4005 must first use the tag-prefix function (default: ";") to make the next
4006 function apply to all tagged messages.
4008 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b9.
\b. a
\bau
\but
\bto
\boe
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bt
4013 When set along with ````$edit_headers'''', Mutt-ng will skip the
4014 initial send-menu and allow you to immediately begin editing the body
4015 of your message. The send-menu may still be accessed once you have
4016 finished editing the body of your message.
4018 Also see ````$fast_reply''''.
4020 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b0.
\b. b
\bbe
\bee
\bep
\bp
4025 When this variable is set, mutt-ng will beep when an error occurs.
4027 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b1.
\b. b
\bbe
\bee
\bep
\bp_
\b_n
\bne
\bew
\bw
4032 When this variable is set, mutt-ng will beep whenever it prints a
4033 message notifying you of new mail. This is independent of the setting
4034 of the ````$beep'''' variable.
4036 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b2.
\b. b
\bbo
\bou
\bun
\bnc
\bce
\be
4041 Controls whether you will be asked to confirm bouncing messages. If
4042 set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs you don't get asked if you want to bounce a message.
4043 Setting this variable to _
\bn_
\bo is not generally useful, and thus not
4044 recommended, because you are unable to bounce messages.
4046 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b3.
\b. b
\bbo
\bou
\bun
\bnc
\bce
\be_
\b_d
\bde
\bel
\bli
\biv
\bve
\ber
\bre
\bed
\bd
4051 When this variable is set, mutt-ng will include Delivered-To headers
4052 when bouncing messages. Postfix users may wish to unset this
4055 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b4.
\b. c
\bca
\bat
\btc
\bch
\bhu
\bup
\bp_
\b_n
\bne
\bew
\bws
\bsg
\bgr
\bro
\bou
\bup
\bp
4060 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will mark all articles in newsgroup
4061 as read when you quit the newsgroup (catchup newsgroup).
4063 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b5.
\b. c
\bce
\ber
\brt
\bti
\bif
\bfi
\bic
\bca
\bat
\bte
\be_
\b_f
\bfi
\bil
\ble
\be
4066 Default: "~/.mutt_certificates"
4068 This variable specifies the file where the certificates you trust are
4069 saved. When an unknown certificate is encountered, you are asked if
4070 you accept it or not. If you accept it, the certificate can also be
4071 saved in this file and further connections are automatically accepted.
4073 You can also manually add CA certificates in this file. Any server
4074 certificate that is signed with one of these CA certificates are also
4075 automatically accepted.
4077 Example: set certificate_file=~/.mutt/certificates
4079 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b6.
\b. c
\bch
\bha
\bar
\brs
\bse
\bet
\bt
4084 Character set your terminal uses to display and enter textual data.
4086 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b7.
\b. c
\bch
\bhe
\bec
\bck
\bk_
\b_n
\bne
\bew
\bw
4091 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: this option only affects _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\bi_
\br and _
\bM_
\bH style mailboxes.
4093 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will check for new mail delivered while the mailbox
4094 is open. Especially with MH mailboxes, this operation can take quite
4095 some time since it involves scanning the directory and checking each
4096 file to see if it has already been looked at. If _
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt,
4097 no check for new mail is performed while the mailbox is open.
4099 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b8.
\b. c
\bco
\bol
\bll
\bla
\bap
\bps
\bse
\be_
\b_u
\bun
\bnr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bd
4104 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not collapse a thread if it contains any
4107 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b29
\b9.
\b. c
\bco
\bom
\bmp
\bpo
\bos
\bse
\be_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
4110 Default: "-- Mutt-ng: Compose [Approx. msg size: %l Atts: %a]%>-"
4112 Controls the format of the status line displayed in the _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu.
4113 This string is similar to ````$status_format'''', but has its own set
4114 of printf()-like sequences:
4116 %
\b%a
\ba total number of attachments
4118 %
\b%h
\bh local hostname
4120 %
\b%l
\bl approximate size (in bytes) of the current message
4122 %
\b%v
\bv Mutt-ng version string
4124 See the text describing the ````$status_format'''' option for more
4125 information on how to set ````$compose_format''''.
4127 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b30
\b0.
\b. c
\bco
\bon
\bnf
\bfi
\big
\bg_
\b_c
\bch
\bha
\bar
\brs
\bse
\bet
\bt
4132 When defined, Mutt-ng will recode commands in rc files from this
4135 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b31
\b1.
\b. c
\bco
\bon
\bnf
\bfi
\bir
\brm
\bma
\bap
\bpp
\bpe
\ben
\bnd
\bd
4140 When set, Mutt-ng will prompt for confirmation when appending messages
4141 to an existing mailbox.
4143 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b32
\b2.
\b. c
\bco
\bon
\bnf
\bfi
\bir
\brm
\bmc
\bcr
\bre
\bea
\bat
\bte
\be
4148 When set, Mutt-ng will prompt for confirmation when saving messages to
4149 a mailbox which does not yet exist before creating it.
4151 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b33
\b3.
\b. c
\bco
\bon
\bnn
\bne
\bec
\bct
\bt_
\b_t
\bti
\bim
\bme
\beo
\bou
\but
\bt
4156 Causes Mutt-ng to timeout a network connection (for IMAP or POP) after
4157 this many seconds if the connection is not able to be established. A
4158 negative value causes Mutt-ng to wait indefinitely for the connection
4161 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b34
\b4.
\b. c
\bco
\bon
\bnt
\bte
\ben
\bnt
\bt_
\b_t
\bty
\byp
\bpe
\be
4164 Default: "text/plain"
4166 Sets the default Content-Type for the body of newly composed messages.
4168 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b35
\b5.
\b. c
\bco
\bop
\bpy
\by
4173 This variable controls whether or not copies of your outgoing messages
4174 will be saved for later references. Also see ````$record'''',
4175 ````$save_name'''', ````$force_name'''' and ````fcc-hook''''.
4177 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b36
\b6.
\b. c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bto
\boe
\ben
\bnc
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt
4182 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to PGP
4183 encrypt outgoing messages. This is probably only useful in connection
4184 to the _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk command. It can be overridden by use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-
4185 _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when encryption is not required or signing is requested as well.
4186 IF ````$smime_is_default'''' is set, then OpenSSL is used instead to
4187 create S/MIME messages and settings can be overridden by use of the
4188 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu. (Crypto only)
4190 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b37
\b7.
\b. c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bto
\bop
\bpg
\bgp
\bp
4195 This variable controls whether or not mutt-ng may automatically enable
4196 PGP encryption/signing for messages. See also
4197 ````$crypt_autoencrypt'''', ````$crypt_replyencrypt'''',
4198 ````$crypt_autosign'''', ````$crypt_replysign'''' and
4199 ````$smime_is_default''''.
4201 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b38
\b8.
\b. c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bto
\bos
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn
4206 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to
4207 cryptographically sign outgoing messages. This can be overridden by
4208 use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when signing is not required or encryption is
4209 requested as well. If ````$smime_is_default'''' is set, then OpenSSL
4210 is used instead to create S/MIME messages and settings can be
4211 overridden by use of the _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu. (Crypto only)
4213 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b39
\b9.
\b. c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bto
\bos
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be
4218 This variable controls whether or not mutt-ng may automatically enable
4219 S/MIME encryption/signing for messages. See also
4220 ````$crypt_autoencrypt'''', ````$crypt_replyencrypt'''',
4221 ````$crypt_autosign'''', ````$crypt_replysign'''' and
4222 ````$smime_is_default''''.
4224 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b40
\b0.
\b. c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\bye
\ben
\bnc
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt
4229 If set, automatically PGP or OpenSSL encrypt replies to messages which
4230 are encrypted. (Crypto only)
4232 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b41
\b1.
\b. c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\bys
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn
4237 If set, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages which
4239 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: this does not work on messages that are encrypted a
\ban
\bnd
\bd signed!
4242 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b42
\b2.
\b. c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\bys
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bne
\ben
\bnc
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bte
\bed
\bd
4247 If set, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages which
4248 are encrypted. This makes sense in combination with
4249 ````$crypt_replyencrypt'''', because it allows you to sign all
4250 messages which are automatically encrypted. This works around the
4251 problem noted in ````$crypt_replysign'''', that mutt-ng is not able to
4252 find out whether an encrypted message is also signed. (Crypto only)
4254 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b43
\b3.
\b. c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_t
\bti
\bim
\bme
\bes
\bst
\bta
\bam
\bmp
\bp
4259 If set, mutt-ng will include a time stamp in the lines surrounding PGP
4260 or S/MIME output, so spoofing such lines is more difficult. If you
4261 are using colors to mark these lines, and rely on these, you may unset
4262 this setting. (Crypto only)
4264 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b44
\b4.
\b. c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_u
\bus
\bse
\be_
\b_g
\bgp
\bpg
\bgm
\bme
\be
4269 This variable controls the use the GPGME enabled crypto backends. If
4270 it is set and Mutt-ng was build with gpgme support, the gpgme code for
4271 S/MIME and PGP will be used instead of the classic code. Note, that
4272 you need to use this option in .muttrc as it won't have any effect
4273 when used interactively.
4275 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b45
\b5.
\b. c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_v
\bve
\ber
\bri
\bif
\bfy
\by_
\b_s
\bsi
\big
\bg
4280 If ``yes'', always attempt to verify PGP or S/MIME signatures. If
4281 ``ask'', ask whether or not to verify the signature. If ``no'', never
4282 attempt to verify cryptographic signatures. (Crypto only)
4284 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b46
\b6.
\b. d
\bda
\bat
\bte
\be_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
4287 Default: "!%a, %b %d, %Y at %I:%M:%S%p %Z"
4289 This variable controls the format of the date printed by the ``%d''
4290 sequence in ````$index_format''''. This is passed to the _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bf_
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be
4291 call to process the date. See the man page for _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bf_
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b(_
\b3_
\b) for the
4294 Unless the first character in the string is a bang (``!''), the month
4295 and week day names are expanded according to the locale specified in
4296 the variable ````$locale''''. If the first character in the string is
4297 a bang, the bang is discarded, and the month and week day names in the
4298 rest of the string are expanded in the _
\bC locale (that is in US
4301 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b47
\b7.
\b. d
\bde
\bef
\bfa
\bau
\bul
\blt
\bt_
\b_h
\bho
\boo
\bok
\bk
4304 Default: "~f %s !~P | (~P ~C %s)"
4306 This variable controls how send-hooks, message-hooks, save-hooks, and
4307 fcc-hooks will be interpreted if they are specified with only a simple
4308 regexp, instead of a matching pattern. The hooks are expanded when
4309 they are declared, so a hook will be interpreted according to the
4310 value of this variable at the time the hook is declared. The default
4311 value matches if the message is either from a user matching the
4312 regular expression given, or if it is from you (if the from address
4313 matches ``alternates'') and is to or cc'ed to a user matching the
4314 given regular expression.
4316 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b48
\b8.
\b. d
\bde
\bel
\ble
\bet
\bte
\be
4321 Controls whether or not messages are really deleted when closing or
4322 synchronizing a mailbox. If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, messages marked for deleting
4323 will automatically be purged without prompting. If set to _
\bn_
\bo,
4324 messages marked for deletion will be kept in the mailbox.
4326 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b49
\b9.
\b. d
\bde
\bel
\ble
\bet
\bte
\be_
\b_u
\bun
\bnt
\bta
\bag
\bg
4331 If this option is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt-ng will untag messages when marking them
4332 for deletion. This applies when you either explicitly delete a
4333 message, or when you save it to another folder.
4335 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b50
\b0.
\b. d
\bdi
\big
\bge
\bes
\bst
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bol
\bll
\bla
\bap
\bps
\bse
\be
4340 If this option is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt-ng's received-attachments menu will not
4341 show the subparts of individual messages in a multipart/digest. To
4342 see these subparts, press 'v' on that menu.
4344 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b51
\b1.
\b. d
\bdi
\bis
\bsp
\bpl
\bla
\bay
\by_
\b_f
\bfi
\bil
\blt
\bte
\ber
\br
4349 When set, specifies a command used to filter messages. When a message
4350 is viewed it is passed as standard input to ``$display_filter'', and
4351 the filtered message is read from the standard output.
4353 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b52
\b2.
\b. d
\bdo
\bot
\btl
\blo
\boc
\bck
\bk_
\b_p
\bpr
\bro
\bog
\bgr
\bra
\bam
\bm
4356 Default: "/usr/local/bin/muttng_dotlock"
4358 Contains the path of the muttng_dotlock (1) binary to be used by mutt-
4361 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b53
\b3.
\b. d
\bds
\bsn
\bn_
\b_n
\bno
\bot
\bti
\bif
\bfy
\by
4366 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: you should not enable this unless you are using Sendmail 8.8.x
4369 This variable sets the request for when notification is returned. The
4370 string consists of a comma separated list (no spaces!) of one or more
4371 of the following: _
\bn_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br, to never request notification, _
\bf_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bu_
\br_
\be, to
4372 request notification on transmission failure, _
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\ba_
\by, to be notified of
4373 message delays, _
\bs_
\bu_
\bc_
\bc_
\be_
\bs_
\bs, to be notified of successful transmission.
4375 Example: set dsn_notify="failure,delay"
4377 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b54
\b4.
\b. d
\bds
\bsn
\bn_
\b_r
\bre
\bet
\btu
\bur
\brn
\bn
4382 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: you should not enable this unless you are using Sendmail 8.8.x
4384 This variable controls how much of your message is returned in DSN
4385 messages. It may be set to either _
\bh_
\bd_
\br_
\bs to return just the message
4386 header, or _
\bf_
\bu_
\bl_
\bl to return the full message.
4388 Example: set dsn_return=hdrs
4390 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b55
\b5.
\b. d
\bdu
\bup
\bpl
\bli
\bic
\bca
\bat
\bte
\be_
\b_t
\bth
\bhr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bds
\bs
4395 This variable controls whether mutt-ng, when sorting by threads,
4396 threads messages with the same message-id together. If it is set, it
4397 will indicate that it thinks they are duplicates of each other with an
4398 equals sign in the thread diagram.
4400 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b56
\b6.
\b. e
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bt_
\b_h
\bhe
\bea
\bad
\bde
\ber
\brs
\bs
4405 This option allows you to edit the header of your outgoing messages
4406 along with the body of your message.
4408 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b57
\b7.
\b. e
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bto
\bor
\br
4413 This variable specifies which editor is used by mutt-ng. It defaults
4414 to the value of the VISUAL, or EDITOR, environment variable, or to the
4415 string "vi" if neither of those are set.
4417 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b58
\b8.
\b. e
\ben
\bnc
\bco
\bod
\bde
\be_
\b_f
\bfr
\bro
\bom
\bm
4422 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt-ng will quoted-printable encode messages when they
4423 contain the string "From " in the beginning of a line. Useful to
4424 avoid the tampering certain mail delivery and transport agents tend to
4427 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b59
\b9.
\b. e
\ben
\bnv
\bve
\bel
\blo
\bop
\bpe
\be_
\b_f
\bfr
\bro
\bom
\bm
4431 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt-ng will try to derive the message's _
\be_
\bn_
\bv_
\be_
\bl_
\bo_
\bp_
\be sender
4432 from the "From:" header. Note that this information is passed to
4433 sendmail command using the "-f" command line switch, so don't set this
4434 option if you are using that switch in ``$sendmail'' yourself, or if
4435 the sendmail on your machine doesn't support that command line switch.
4437 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b60
\b0.
\b. e
\bes
\bsc
\bca
\bap
\bpe
\be
4442 Escape character to use for functions in the builtin editor.
4444 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b61
\b1.
\b. f
\bfa
\bas
\bst
\bt_
\b_r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\by
4449 When set, the initial prompt for recipients and subject are skipped
4450 when replying to messages, and the initial prompt for subject is
4451 skipped when forwarding messages.
4453 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: this variable has no effect when the ````$autoedit'''' variable
4456 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b62
\b2.
\b. f
\bfc
\bcc
\bc_
\b_a
\bat
\btt
\bta
\bac
\bch
\bh
4461 This variable controls whether or not attachments on outgoing messages
4462 are saved along with the main body of your message.
4464 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b63
\b3.
\b. f
\bfc
\bcc
\bc_
\b_c
\bcl
\ble
\bea
\bar
\br
4469 When this variable is set, FCCs will be stored unencrypted and
4470 unsigned, even when the actual message is encrypted and/or signed.
4473 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b64
\b4.
\b. f
\bfi
\bil
\ble
\be_
\b_c
\bch
\bha
\bar
\brs
\bse
\bet
\bt
4478 This variable is a colon-separated list of character encoding schemes
4479 for text file attatchments. If unset, ``$charset'' value will be used
4480 instead. For example, the following configuration would work for
4481 Japanese text handling:
4483 set file_charset="iso-2022-jp:euc-jp:shift_jis:utf-8"
4485 Note: "iso-2022-*" must be put at the head of the value as shown above
4488 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b65
\b5.
\b. f
\bfo
\bol
\bld
\bde
\ber
\br
4493 Specifies the default location of your mailboxes. A `+' or `=' at the
4494 beginning of a pathname will be expanded to the value of this
4495 variable. Note that if you change this variable from the default
4496 value you need to make sure that the assignment occurs _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be you use
4497 `+' or `=' for any other variables since expansion takes place during
4500 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b66
\b6.
\b. f
\bfo
\bol
\bld
\bde
\ber
\br_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
4503 Default: "%2C %t %N %F %2l %-8.8u %-8.8g %8s %d %f"
4505 This variable allows you to customize the file browser display to your
4506 personal taste. This string is similar to ````$index_format'''', but
4507 has its own set of printf()-like sequences:
4509 %
\b%C
\bC current file number
4511 %
\b%d
\bd date/time folder was last modified
4515 %
\b%F
\bF file permissions
4517 %
\b%g
\bg group name (or numeric gid, if missing)
4519 %
\b%l
\bl number of hard links
4521 %
\b%N
\bN N if folder has new mail, blank otherwise
4523 %
\b%s
\bs size in bytes
4525 %
\b%t
\bt * if the file is tagged, blank otherwise
4527 %
\b%u
\bu owner name (or numeric uid, if missing)
4530 right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"
4533 pad to the end of the line with character "X"
4534 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b67
\b7.
\b. f
\bfo
\bol
\bll
\blo
\bow
\bwu
\bup
\bp_
\b_t
\bto
\bo
4539 Controls whether or not the _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b-_
\bF_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b-_
\bT_
\bo header field is generated
4540 when sending mail. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will generate this field when
4541 you are replying to a known mailing list, specified with the
4542 ``subscribe'' or ````lists'''' commands.
4544 This field has two purposes. First, preventing you from receiving
4545 duplicate copies of replies to messages which you send to mailing
4546 lists, and second, ensuring that you do get a reply separately for any
4547 messages sent to known lists to which you are not subscribed. The
4548 header will contain only the list's address for subscribed lists, and
4549 both the list address and your own email address for unsubscribed
4550 lists. Without this header, a group reply to your message sent to a
4551 subscribed list will be sent to both the list and your address,
4552 resulting in two copies of the same email for you.
4554 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b68
\b8.
\b. f
\bfo
\bol
\bll
\blo
\bow
\bwu
\bup
\bp_
\b_t
\bto
\bo_
\b_p
\bpo
\bos
\bst
\bte
\ber
\br
4559 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt and the keyword "poster" is present in
4560 _
\bF_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b-_
\bT_
\bo header, follow-up to newsgroup function is not permitted.
4561 The message will be mailed to the submitter of the message via mail.
4563 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b69
\b9.
\b. f
\bfo
\bor
\brc
\bce
\be_
\b_n
\bna
\bam
\bme
\be
4568 This variable is similar to ````$save_name'''', except that Mutt-ng
4569 will store a copy of your outgoing message by the username of the
4570 address you are sending to even if that mailbox does not exist.
4572 Also see the ````$record'''' variable.
4574 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b70
\b0.
\b. f
\bfo
\bor
\brw
\bwa
\bar
\brd
\bd_
\b_d
\bde
\bec
\bco
\bod
\bde
\be
4579 Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into text/plain when
4580 forwarding a message. The message header is also RFC2047 decoded.
4581 This variable is only used, if ````$mime_forward'''' is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt,
4582 otherwise ````$mime_forward_decode'''' is used instead.
4584 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b71
\b1.
\b. f
\bfo
\bor
\brw
\bwa
\bar
\brd
\bd_
\b_d
\bde
\bec
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt
4589 Controls the handling of encrypted messages when forwarding a message.
4590 When set, the outer layer of encryption is stripped off. This
4591 variable is only used if ````$mime_forward'''' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt and
4592 ````$mime_forward_decode'''' is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt. (PGP only)
4594 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b72
\b2.
\b. f
\bfo
\bor
\brw
\bwa
\bar
\brd
\bd_
\b_e
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bt
4599 This quadoption controls whether or not the user is automatically
4600 placed in the editor when forwarding messages. For those who always
4601 want to forward with no modification, use a setting of ``no''.
4603 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b73
\b3.
\b. f
\bfo
\bor
\brw
\bwa
\bar
\brd
\bd_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
4608 This variable controls the default subject when forwarding a message.
4609 It uses the same format sequences as the ````$index_format''''
4612 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b74
\b4.
\b. f
\bfo
\bor
\brw
\bwa
\bar
\brd
\bd_
\b_q
\bqu
\buo
\bot
\bte
\be
4617 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt forwarded messages included in the main body of the message
4618 (when ````$mime_forward'''' is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt) will be quoted using
4619 ````$indent_string''''.
4621 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b75
\b5.
\b. f
\bfr
\bro
\bom
\bm
4623 Type: e-mail address
4626 When set, this variable contains a default from address. It can be
4627 overridden using my_hdr (including from send-hooks) and
4628 ````$reverse_name''''. This variable is ignored if ````$use_from''''
4631 Defaults to the contents of the environment variable EMAIL.
4633 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b76
\b6.
\b. g
\bge
\bec
\bco
\bos
\bs_
\b_m
\bma
\bas
\bsk
\bk
4635 Type: regular expression
4638 A regular expression used by mutt-ng to parse the GECOS field of a
4639 password entry when expanding the alias. By default the regular
4640 expression is set to "^[^,]*" which will return the string up to the
4641 first "," encountered. If the GECOS field contains a string like
4642 "lastname, firstname" then you should set the gecos_mask=".*".
4644 This can be useful if you see the following behavior: you address a e-
4645 mail to user ID stevef whose full name is Steve Franklin. If mutt-ng
4646 expands stevef to "Franklin" stevef@foo.bar then you should set the
4647 gecos_mask to a regular expression that will match the whole name so
4648 mutt-ng will expand "Franklin" to "Franklin, Steve".
4650 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b77
\b7.
\b. g
\bgr
\bro
\bou
\bup
\bp_
\b_i
\bin
\bnd
\bde
\bex
\bx_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
4653 Default: "%4C %M%N %5s %-45.45f %d"
4655 This variable allows you to customize the newsgroup browser display to
4656 your personal taste. This string is similar to ````index_format'''',
4657 but has its own set of printf()-like sequences:
4659 %C current newsgroup number
4660 %d description of newsgroup (becomes from server)
4662 %M - if newsgroup not allowed for direct post (moderated for example)
4663 %N N if newsgroup is new, u if unsubscribed, blank otherwise
4664 %n number of new articles in newsgroup
4665 %s number of unread articles in newsgroup
4666 %>X right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"
4667 %|X pad to the end of the line with character "X"
4669 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b78
\b8.
\b. h
\bhd
\bdr
\brs
\bs
4674 When unset, the header fields normally added by the ````my_hdr''''
4675 command are not created. This variable _
\bm_
\bu_
\bs_
\bt be unset before composing
4676 a new message or replying in order to take effect. If set, the user
4677 defined header fields are added to every new message.
4679 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b79
\b9.
\b. h
\bhe
\bea
\bad
\bde
\ber
\br
4684 When set, this variable causes Mutt-ng to include the header of the
4685 message you are replying to into the edit buffer. The ````$weed''''
4688 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b80
\b0.
\b. h
\bhe
\bel
\blp
\bp
4693 When set, help lines describing the bindings for the major functions
4694 provided by each menu are displayed on the first line of the screen.
4696 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The binding will not be displayed correctly if the function is
4697 bound to a sequence rather than a single keystroke. Also, the help
4698 line may not be updated if a binding is changed while Mutt-ng is
4699 running. Since this variable is primarily aimed at new users, neither
4700 of these should present a major problem.
4702 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b81
\b1.
\b. h
\bhi
\bid
\bdd
\bde
\ben
\bn_
\b_h
\bho
\bos
\bst
\bt
4707 When set, mutt-ng will skip the host name part of ````$hostname''''
4708 variable when adding the domain part to addresses. This variable does
4709 not affect the generation of Message-IDs, and it will not lead to the
4710 cut-off of first-level domains.
4712 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b82
\b2.
\b. h
\bhi
\bid
\bde
\be_
\b_l
\bli
\bim
\bmi
\bit
\bte
\bed
\bd
4717 When set, mutt-ng will not show the presence of messages that are
4718 hidden by limiting, in the thread tree.
4720 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b83
\b3.
\b. h
\bhi
\bid
\bde
\be_
\b_m
\bmi
\bis
\bss
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg
4725 When set, mutt-ng will not show the presence of missing messages in
4728 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b84
\b4.
\b. h
\bhi
\bid
\bde
\be_
\b_t
\bth
\bhr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bd_
\b_s
\bsu
\bub
\bbj
\bje
\bec
\bct
\bt
4733 When set, mutt-ng will not show the subject of messages in the thread
4734 tree that have the same subject as their parent or closest previously
4737 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b85
\b5.
\b. h
\bhi
\bid
\bde
\be_
\b_t
\bto
\bop
\bp_
\b_l
\bli
\bim
\bmi
\bit
\bte
\bed
\bd
4742 When set, mutt-ng will not show the presence of messages that are
4743 hidden by limiting, at the top of threads in the thread tree. Note
4744 that when ``$hide_missing'' is set, this option will have no effect.
4746 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b86
\b6.
\b. h
\bhi
\bid
\bde
\be_
\b_t
\bto
\bop
\bp_
\b_m
\bmi
\bis
\bss
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg
4751 When set, mutt-ng will not show the presence of missing messages at
4752 the top of threads in the thread tree. Note that when
4753 ``$hide_limited'' is set, this option will have no effect.
4755 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b87
\b7.
\b. h
\bhi
\bis
\bst
\bto
\bor
\bry
\by
4760 This variable controls the size (in number of strings remembered) of
4761 the string history buffer. The buffer is cleared each time the
4764 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b88
\b8.
\b. h
\bho
\bon
\bno
\bor
\br_
\b_f
\bfo
\bol
\bll
\blo
\bow
\bwu
\bup
\bp_
\b_t
\bto
\bo
4769 This variable controls whether or not a Mail-Followup-To header is
4770 honored when group-replying to a message.
4772 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b89
\b9.
\b. h
\bho
\bos
\bst
\btn
\bna
\bam
\bme
\be
4777 Specifies the hostname to use after the ``@'' in local e-mail
4778 addresses. This overrides the compile time definition obtained from
4781 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b90
\b0.
\b. i
\big
\bgn
\bno
\bor
\bre
\be_
\b_l
\bli
\bis
\bst
\bt_
\b_r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\by_
\b_t
\bto
\bo
4786 Affects the behaviour of the _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by function when replying to messages
4787 from mailing lists. When set, if the ``Reply-To:'' field is set to
4788 the same value as the ``To:'' field, Mutt-ng assumes that the ``Reply-
4789 To:'' field was set by the mailing list to automate responses to the
4790 list, and will ignore this field. To direct a response to the mailing
4791 list when this option is set, use the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b-_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by function; _
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp_
\b-_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by
4792 will reply to both the sender and the list.
4794 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b91
\b1.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bth
\bhe
\ben
\bnt
\bti
\bic
\bca
\bat
\bto
\bor
\brs
\bs
4799 This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods mutt-ng may
4800 attempt to use to log in to an IMAP server, in the order mutt-ng
4801 should try them. Authentication methods are either 'login' or the
4802 right side of an IMAP 'AUTH=xxx' capability string, eg 'digest-md5',
4803 'gssapi' or 'cram-md5'. This parameter is case-insensitive. If this
4804 parameter is unset (the default) mutt-ng will try all available
4805 methods, in order from most-secure to least-secure.
4807 Example: set imap_authenticators="gssapi:cram-md5:login"
4809 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Mutt-ng will only fall back to other authentication methods if
4810 the previous methods are unavailable. If a method is available but
4811 authentication fails, mutt-ng will not connect to the IMAP server.
4813 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b92
\b2.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_d
\bde
\bel
\bli
\bim
\bm_
\b_c
\bch
\bha
\bar
\brs
\bs
4818 This contains the list of characters which you would like to treat as
4819 folder separators for displaying IMAP paths. In particular it helps in
4820 using the '=' shortcut for your _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br variable.
4822 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b93
\b3.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brc
\bce
\be_
\b_s
\bss
\bsl
\bl
4827 If this variable is set, Mutt-ng will always use SSL when connecting
4830 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b94
\b4.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_h
\bhe
\bea
\bad
\bde
\ber
\brs
\bs
4835 Mutt-ng requests these header fields in addition to the default
4836 headers ("DATE FROM SUBJECT TO CC MESSAGE-ID REFERENCES CONTENT-TYPE
4837 CONTENT-DESCRIPTION IN-REPLY-TO REPLY-TO LINES X-LABEL") from IMAP
4838 servers before displaying the index menu. You may want to add more
4839 headers for spam detection. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: This is a space separated list.
4841 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b95
\b5.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_h
\bho
\bom
\bme
\be_
\b_n
\bna
\bam
\bme
\bes
\bsp
\bpa
\bac
\bce
\be
4846 You normally want to see your personal folders alongside your INBOX in
4847 the IMAP browser. If you see something else, you may set this variable
4848 to the IMAP path to your folders.
4850 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b96
\b6.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_k
\bke
\bee
\bep
\bpa
\bal
\bli
\biv
\bve
\be
4855 This variable specifies the maximum amount of time in seconds that
4856 mutt-ng will wait before polling open IMAP connections, to prevent the
4857 server from closing them before mutt-ng has finished with them. The
4858 default is well within the RFC-specified minimum amount of time (30
4859 minutes) before a server is allowed to do this, but in practice the
4860 RFC does get violated every now and then. Reduce this number if you
4861 find yourself getting disconnected from your IMAP server due to
4864 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b97
\b7.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_l
\bli
\bis
\bst
\bt_
\b_s
\bsu
\bub
\bbs
\bsc
\bcr
\bri
\bib
\bbe
\bed
\bd
4869 This variable configures whether IMAP folder browsing will look for
4870 only subscribed folders or all folders. This can be toggled in the
4871 IMAP browser with the _
\bt_
\bo_
\bg_
\bg_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd function.
4873 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b98
\b8.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_p
\bpa
\bas
\bss
\bs
4878 Specifies the password for your IMAP account. If unset, Mutt-ng will
4879 prompt you for your password when you invoke the fetch-mail function.
4880 W
\bWa
\bar
\brn
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg: you should only use this option when you are on a fairly
4881 secure machine, because the superuser can read your muttngrc even if
4882 you are the only one who can read the file.
4884 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b99
\b9.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_p
\bpa
\bas
\bss
\bsi
\biv
\bve
\be
4889 When set, mutt-ng will not open new IMAP connections to check for new
4890 mail. Mutt-ng will only check for new mail over existing IMAP
4891 connections. This is useful if you don't want to be prompted to
4892 user/password pairs on mutt-ng invocation, or if opening the
4895 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b00
\b0.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_p
\bpe
\bee
\bek
\bk
4900 If set, mutt-ng will avoid implicitly marking your mail as read
4901 whenever you fetch a message from the server. This is generally a good
4902 thing, but can make closing an IMAP folder somewhat slower. This
4903 option exists to appease speed freaks.
4905 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b01
\b1.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_r
\bre
\bec
\bco
\bon
\bnn
\bne
\bec
\bct
\bt
4910 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to IMAP server
4911 when the connection is lost.
4913 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b02
\b2.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_s
\bse
\ber
\brv
\bve
\ber
\brn
\bno
\boi
\bis
\bse
\be
4918 When set, mutt-ng will display warning messages from the IMAP server
4919 as error messages. Since these messages are often harmless, or
4920 generated due to configuration problems on the server which are out of
4921 the users' hands, you may wish to suppress them at some point.
4923 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b03
\b3.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_u
\bus
\bse
\ber
\br
4928 Your login name on the IMAP server.
4930 This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.
4932 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b04
\b4.
\b. i
\bim
\bmp
\bpl
\bli
\bic
\bci
\bit
\bt_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bto
\bov
\bvi
\bie
\bew
\bw
4937 If set to ``yes'', mutt-ng will look for a mailcap entry with the
4938 copiousoutput flag set for _
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by MIME attachment it doesn't have an
4939 internal viewer defined for. If such an entry is found, mutt-ng will
4940 use the viewer defined in that entry to convert the body part to text
4943 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b05
\b5.
\b. i
\bin
\bnc
\bcl
\blu
\bud
\bde
\be
4948 Controls whether or not a copy of the message(s) you are replying to
4949 is included in your reply.
4951 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b06
\b6.
\b. i
\bin
\bnc
\bcl
\blu
\bud
\bde
\be_
\b_o
\bon
\bnl
\bly
\byf
\bfi
\bir
\brs
\bst
\bt
4956 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng includes only the first attachment of
4957 the message you are replying.
4959 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b07
\b7.
\b. i
\bin
\bnd
\bde
\ben
\bnt
\bt_
\b_s
\bst
\btr
\bri
\bin
\bng
\bg
4964 Specifies the string to prepend to each line of text quoted in a
4965 message to which you are replying. You are strongly encouraged not to
4966 change this value, as it tends to agitate the more fanatical netizens.
4968 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b08
\b8.
\b. i
\bin
\bnd
\bde
\bex
\bx_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
4971 Default: "%4C %Z %{%b %d} %-15.15L (%?l?%4l&%4c?) %s"
4973 This variable allows you to customize the message index display to
4974 your personal taste.
4976 ``Format strings'' are similar to the strings used in the ``C''
4977 function printf to format output (see the man page for more detail).
4978 The following sequences are defined in Mutt-ng:
4980 %
\b%a
\ba address of the author
4982 %
\b%A
\bA reply-to address (if present; otherwise: address of author)
4984 %
\b%b
\bb filename of the original message folder (think mailBox)
4986 %
\b%B
\bB the list to which the letter was sent, or else the folder name
4989 %
\b%c
\bc number of characters (bytes) in the message
4991 %
\b%C
\bC current message number
4993 %
\b%d
\bd date and time of the message in the format specified by
4994 ``date_format'' converted to sender's time zone
4996 %
\b%D
\bD date and time of the message in the format specified by
4997 ``date_format'' converted to the local time zone
4999 %
\b%e
\be current message number in thread
5001 %
\b%E
\bE number of messages in current thread
5003 %
\b%f
\bf entire From: line (address + real name)
5005 %
\b%F
\bF author name, or recipient name if the message is from you
5007 %
\b%H
\bH spam attribute(s) of this message
5009 %
\b%g
\bg newsgroup name (if compiled with nntp support)
5011 %
\b%i
\bi message-id of the current message
5013 %
\b%l
\bl number of lines in the message (does not work with maildir, mh,
5014 and possibly IMAP folders)
5016 %
\b%L
\bL If an address in the To or CC header field matches an address
5017 defined by the users ``subscribe'' command, this displays "To
5018 <list-name>", otherwise the same as %F.
5020 %
\b%m
\bm total number of message in the mailbox
5022 %
\b%M
\bM number of hidden messages if the thread is collapsed.
5024 %
\b%N
\bN message score
5026 %
\b%n
\bn author's real name (or address if missing)
5028 %
\b%O
\bO (_O_riginal save folder) Where mutt-ng would formerly have
5029 stashed the message: list name or recipient name if no list
5031 %
\b%s
\bs subject of the message
5033 %
\b%S
\bS status of the message (N/D/d/!/r/*)
5035 %
\b%t
\bt `to:' field (recipients)
5037 %
\b%T
\bT the appropriate character from the ``$to_chars'' string
5039 %
\b%u
\bu user (login) name of the author
5041 %
\b%v
\bv first name of the author, or the recipient if the message is
5044 %
\b%W
\bW name of organization of author (`organization:' field)
5046 %
\b%y
\by `x-label:' field, if present
5048 %
\b%Y
\bY `x-label' field, if present, and (1) not at part of a thread
5049 tree, (2) at the top of a thread, or (3) `x-label' is different
5050 from preceding message's `x-label'.
5052 %
\b%Z
\bZ message status flags
5054 %
\b%{
\b{f
\bfm
\bmt
\bt}
\b}
5055 the date and time of the message is converted to sender's time
5056 zone, and ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function
5057 ``strftime''; a leading bang disables locales
5059 %
\b%[
\b[f
\bfm
\bmt
\bt]
\b]
5060 the date and time of the message is converted to the local time
5061 zone, and ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function
5062 ``strftime''; a leading bang disables locales
5064 %
\b%(
\b(f
\bfm
\bmt
\bt)
\b)
5065 the local date and time when the message was received. ``fmt''
5066 is expanded by the library function ``strftime''; a leading bang
5069 %
\b%<
\b<f
\bfm
\bmt
\bt>
\b>
5070 the current local time. ``fmt'' is expanded by the library
5071 function ``strftime''; a leading bang disables locales.
5074 right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"
5077 pad to the end of the line with character "X"
5079 See also: ````$to_chars''''.
5081 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b09
\b9.
\b. i
\bin
\bne
\bew
\bws
\bs
5086 If set, specifies the program and arguments used to deliver news
5087 posted by Mutt-ng. Otherwise, mutt-ng posts article using current
5088 connection to news server. The following printf-style sequence is
5093 Example: set inews="/usr/local/bin/inews -hS"
5095 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b10
\b0.
\b. i
\bis
\bsp
\bpe
\bel
\bll
\bl
5098 Default: "/usr/bin/ispell"
5100 How to invoke ispell (GNU's spell-checking software).
5102 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b11
\b1.
\b. k
\bke
\bee
\bep
\bp_
\b_f
\bfl
\bla
\bag
\bgg
\bge
\bed
\bd
5107 If set, read messages marked as flagged will not be moved from your
5108 spool mailbox to your ````$mbox'''' mailbox, or as a result of a
5109 ````mbox-hook'''' command.
5111 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b12
\b2.
\b. l
\bli
\bis
\bst
\bt_
\b_r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\by
5116 When set, address replies to the mailing list the original message
5117 came from (instead to the author only). Setting this option to ``ask-
5118 yes'' or ``ask-no'' will ask if you really intended to reply to the
5121 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b13
\b3.
\b. l
\blo
\boc
\bca
\bal
\ble
\be
5126 The locale used by _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bf_
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b(_
\b3_
\b) to format dates. Legal values are the
5127 strings your system accepts for the locale variable _
\bL_
\bC_
\b__
\bT_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE.
5129 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b14
\b4.
\b. m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\bl_
\b_c
\bch
\bhe
\bec
\bck
\bk
5134 This variable configures how often (in seconds) mutt-ng should look
5137 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b15
\b5.
\b. m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blc
\bca
\bap
\bp_
\b_p
\bpa
\bat
\bth
\bh
5142 This variable specifies which files to consult when attempting to
5143 display MIME bodies not directly supported by Mutt-ng.
5145 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b16
\b6.
\b. m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blc
\bca
\bap
\bp_
\b_s
\bsa
\ban
\bni
\bit
\bti
\biz
\bze
\be
5150 If set, mutt-ng will restrict possible characters in mailcap %
5151 expandos to a well-defined set of safe characters. This is the safe
5152 setting, but we are not sure it doesn't break some more advanced MIME
5155 D
\bDO
\bON
\bN'
\b'T
\bT C
\bCH
\bHA
\bAN
\bNG
\bGE
\bE T
\bTH
\bHI
\bIS
\bS S
\bSE
\bET
\bTT
\bTI
\bIN
\bNG
\bG U
\bUN
\bNL
\bLE
\bES
\bSS
\bS Y
\bYO
\bOU
\bU A
\bAR
\bRE
\bE R
\bRE
\bEA
\bAL
\bLL
\bLY
\bY S
\bSU
\bUR
\bRE
\bE W
\bWH
\bHA
\bAT
\bT Y
\bYO
\bOU
\bU A
\bAR
\bRE
\bE
5156 D
\bDO
\bOI
\bIN
\bNG
\bG!
\b!
5158 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b17
\b7.
\b. m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\bld
\bdi
\bir
\br_
\b_t
\btr
\bra
\bas
\bsh
\bh
5163 If set, messages marked as deleted will be saved with the maildir
5164 (T)rashed flag instead of unlinked. N
\bNO
\bOT
\bTE
\bE:
\b: this only applies to
5165 maildir-style mailboxes. Setting it will have no effect on other
5168 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b18
\b8.
\b. m
\bma
\bar
\brk
\bk_
\b_o
\bol
\bld
\bd
5173 Controls whether or not mutt-ng marks _
\bn_
\be_
\bw u
\bun
\bnr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bd messages as _
\bo_
\bl_
\bd if
5174 you exit a mailbox without reading them. With this option set, the
5175 next time you start mutt-ng, the messages will show up with an "O"
5176 next to them in the index menu, indicating that they are old.
5178 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b19
\b9.
\b. m
\bma
\bar
\brk
\bke
\ber
\brs
\bs
5183 Controls the display of wrapped lines in the internal pager. If set, a
5184 ``+'' marker is displayed at the beginning of wrapped lines. Also see
5185 the ````$smart_wrap'''' variable.
5187 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b20
\b0.
\b. m
\bma
\bas
\bsk
\bk
5189 Type: regular expression
5192 A regular expression used in the file browser, optionally preceded by
5193 the _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt operator ``!''. Only files whose names match this mask will
5194 be shown. The match is always case-sensitive.
5196 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b21
\b1.
\b. m
\bma
\bax
\bx_
\b_l
\bli
\bin
\bne
\be_
\b_l
\ble
\ben
\bng
\bgt
\bth
\bh
5201 When set, the maximum line length for displaying f=f messages is
5202 limited to this length. A value of 0 (which is also the default) means
5203 that the maximum line length is determined by the terminal width and
5206 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b22
\b2.
\b. m
\bmb
\bbo
\box
\bx
5211 This specifies the folder into which read mail in your
5212 ````$spoolfile'''' folder will be appended.
5214 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b23
\b3.
\b. m
\bmb
\bbo
\box
\bx_
\b_t
\bty
\byp
\bpe
\be
5219 The default mailbox type used when creating new folders. May be any of
5220 mbox, MMDF, MH and Maildir.
5222 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b24
\b4.
\b. m
\bme
\ben
\bnu
\bu_
\b_c
\bco
\bon
\bnt
\bte
\bex
\bxt
\bt
5227 This variable controls the number of lines of context that are given
5228 when scrolling through menus. (Similar to ````$pager_context''''.)
5230 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b25
\b5.
\b. m
\bme
\ben
\bnu
\bu_
\b_s
\bsc
\bcr
\bro
\bol
\bll
\bl
5235 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, menus will be scrolled up or down one line when you attempt
5236 to move across a screen boundary. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the screen is cleared and
5237 the next or previous page of the menu is displayed (useful for slow
5238 links to avoid many redraws).
5240 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b26
\b6.
\b. m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
5245 This is the string displayed in the ``attachment'' menu for
5246 attachments of type message/rfc822. For a full listing of defined
5247 printf()-like sequences see the section on ````$index_format''''.
5249 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b27
\b7.
\b. m
\bme
\bet
\bta
\ba_
\b_k
\bke
\bey
\by
5254 If set, forces Mutt-ng to interpret keystrokes with the high bit (bit
5255 8) set as if the user had pressed the ESC key and whatever key remains
5256 after having the high bit removed. For example, if the key pressed
5257 has an ASCII value of 0xf4, then this is treated as if the user had
5258 pressed ESC then ``x''. This is because the result of removing the
5259 high bit from ``0xf4'' is ``0x74'', which is the ASCII character
5262 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b28
\b8.
\b. m
\bme
\bet
\bto
\boo
\bo
5267 If unset, Mutt-ng will remove your address (see the ``alternates''
5268 command) from the list of recipients when replying to a message.
5270 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b29
\b9.
\b. m
\bmh
\bh_
\b_p
\bpu
\bur
\brg
\bge
\be
5275 When unset, mutt-ng will mimic mh's behaviour and rename deleted
5276 messages to _
\b,_
\b<_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\b> in mh folders instead of really deleting
5277 them. If the variable is set, the message files will simply be
5280 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b30
\b0.
\b. m
\bmh
\bh_
\b_s
\bse
\beq
\bq_
\b_f
\bfl
\bla
\bag
\bgg
\bge
\bed
\bd
5285 The name of the MH sequence used for flagged messages.
5287 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b31
\b1.
\b. m
\bmh
\bh_
\b_s
\bse
\beq
\bq_
\b_r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bli
\bie
\bed
\bd
5292 The name of the MH sequence used to tag replied messages.
5294 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b32
\b2.
\b. m
\bmh
\bh_
\b_s
\bse
\beq
\bq_
\b_u
\bun
\bns
\bse
\bee
\ben
\bn
5299 The name of the MH sequence used for unseen messages.
5301 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b33
\b3.
\b. m
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brw
\bwa
\bar
\brd
\bd
5306 When set, the message you are forwarding will be attached as a
5307 separate MIME part instead of included in the main body of the
5308 message. This is useful for forwarding MIME messages so the receiver
5309 can properly view the message as it was delivered to you. If you like
5310 to switch between MIME and not MIME from mail to mail, set this
5311 variable to ask-no or ask-yes.
5313 Also see ````$forward_decode'''' and ````$mime_forward_decode''''.
5315 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b34
\b4.
\b. m
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brw
\bwa
\bar
\brd
\bd_
\b_d
\bde
\bec
\bco
\bod
\bde
\be
5320 Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into text/plain when
5321 forwarding a message while ````$mime_forward'''' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt. Otherwise
5322 ````$forward_decode'''' is used instead.
5324 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b35
\b5.
\b. m
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brw
\bwa
\bar
\brd
\bd_
\b_r
\bre
\bes
\bst
\bt
5329 When forwarding multiple attachments of a MIME message from the
5330 recvattach menu, attachments which cannot be decoded in a reasonable
5331 manner will be attached to the newly composed message if this option
5334 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b36
\b6.
\b. m
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_s
\bsu
\bub
\bbj
\bje
\bec
\bct
\bt
5339 If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, 8-bit ``subject:'' line in article header will not be
5340 encoded according to RFC2047 to base64. This is useful when message
5341 is Usenet article, because MIME for news is nonstandard feature.
5343 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b37
\b7.
\b. m
\bmi
\bix
\bx_
\b_e
\ben
\bnt
\btr
\bry
\by_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
5346 Default: "%4n %c %-16s %a"
5348 This variable describes the format of a remailer line on the mixmaster
5349 chain selection screen. The following printf-like sequences are
5352 %
\b%n
\bn The running number on the menu.
5354 %
\b%c
\bc Remailer capabilities.
5356 %
\b%s
\bs The remailer's short name.
5358 %
\b%a
\ba The remailer's e-mail address.
5360 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b38
\b8.
\b. m
\bmi
\bix
\bxm
\bma
\bas
\bst
\bte
\ber
\br
5363 Default: "mixmaster"
5365 This variable contains the path to the Mixmaster binary on your
5366 system. It is used with various sets of parameters to gather the list
5367 of known remailers, and to finally send a message through the
5370 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b39
\b9.
\b. m
\bmo
\bov
\bve
\be
5375 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will move read messages from your
5376 spool mailbox to your ````$mbox'''' mailbox, or as a result of a
5377 ````mbox-hook'''' command.
5379 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b40
\b0.
\b. m
\bms
\bsg
\bgi
\bid
\bd_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
5382 Default: "%Y%m%d%h%M%s.G%P%p"
5384 This is the format for the ``local part'' of the message-IDs generated
5385 by Mutt-ng. The format string contains of one or more characters. The
5386 '%' character marks that certain data will be added to the string,
5387 similar to printf(). The following characters are allowed:
5389 %
\b%d
\bd the current day of month
5391 %
\b%h
\bh the current hour
5393 %
\b%m
\bm the current month
5395 %
\b%M
\bM the current minute
5397 %
\b%O
\bO the current UNIX timestamp (octal)
5399 %
\b%p
\bp the process ID
5401 %
\b%P
\bP the current message-ID prefix (a character rotating with every
5402 message-ID being generated)
5404 %
\b%r
\br a random integer value (decimal)
5406 %
\b%R
\bR a random integer value (hexadecimal)
5408 %
\b%s
\bs the current second
5410 %
\b%T
\bT the current UNIX timestamp (decimal)
5412 %
\b%X
\bX the current UNIX timestamp (hexadecimal)
5414 %
\b%Y
\bY the current year (Y2K compliant)
5416 %
\b%%
\b% the '%' character
5418 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b41
\b1.
\b. n
\bna
\bar
\brr
\bro
\bow
\bw_
\b_t
\btr
\bre
\bee
\be
5423 This variable, when set, makes the thread tree narrower, allowing
5424 deeper threads to fit on the screen.
5426 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b42
\b2.
\b. n
\bne
\bew
\bws
\bs_
\b_c
\bca
\bac
\bch
\bhe
\be_
\b_d
\bdi
\bir
\br
5431 This variable pointing to directory where Mutt-ng will save cached
5432 news articles headers in. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, headers will not be saved at all
5433 and will be reloaded each time when you enter to newsgroup.
5435 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b43
\b3.
\b. n
\bne
\bew
\bws
\bs_
\b_s
\bse
\ber
\brv
\bve
\ber
\br
5440 This variable specifies domain name or address of NNTP server. It
5441 defaults to the newsserver specified in the environment variable
5442 $NNTPSERVER or contained in the file /etc/nntpserver. You can also
5443 specify username and an alternative port for each newsserver, ie:
5445 [nntp[s]://][username[:password]@]newsserver[:port]
5447 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b44
\b4.
\b. n
\bne
\bew
\bws
\bsr
\brc
\bc
5450 Default: "~/.newsrc"
5452 The file, containing info about subscribed newsgroups - names and
5453 indexes of read articles. The following printf-style sequence is
5458 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b45
\b5.
\b. n
\bnn
\bnt
\btp
\bp_
\b_c
\bco
\bon
\bnt
\bte
\bex
\bxt
\bt
5463 This variable defines number of articles which will be in index when
5464 newsgroup entered. If active newsgroup have more articles than this
5465 number, oldest articles will be ignored. Also controls how many
5466 articles headers will be saved in cache when you quit newsgroup.
5468 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b46
\b6.
\b. n
\bnn
\bnt
\btp
\bp_
\b_l
\blo
\boa
\bad
\bd_
\b_d
\bde
\bes
\bsc
\bcr
\bri
\bip
\bpt
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn
5473 This variable controls whether or not descriptions for each newsgroup
5474 must be loaded when newsgroup is added to list (first time list
5475 loading or new newsgroup adding).
5477 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b47
\b7.
\b. n
\bnn
\bnt
\btp
\bp_
\b_p
\bpa
\bas
\bss
\bs
5482 Your password for NNTP account.
5484 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b48
\b8.
\b. n
\bnn
\bnt
\btp
\bp_
\b_p
\bpo
\bol
\bll
\bl
5489 The time in seconds until any operations on newsgroup except post new
5490 article will cause recheck for new news. If set to 0, Mutt-ng will
5491 recheck newsgroup on each operation in index (stepping, read article,
5494 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b49
\b9.
\b. n
\bnn
\bnt
\btp
\bp_
\b_r
\bre
\bec
\bco
\bon
\bnn
\bne
\bec
\bct
\bt
5499 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to newsserver
5500 when connection lost.
5502 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b50
\b0.
\b. n
\bnn
\bnt
\btp
\bp_
\b_u
\bus
\bse
\ber
\br
5507 Your login name on the NNTP server. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt and NNTP server requires
5508 authentification, Mutt-ng will prompt you for your account name when
5509 you connect to newsserver.
5511 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b51
\b1.
\b. o
\bop
\bpe
\ber
\bra
\bat
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bg_
\b_s
\bsy
\bys
\bst
\bte
\bem
\bm
5516 This specifies the operating system name for the User-Agent header. If
5517 this is unset, it will be set to the operating system name that
5518 uname(2) returns. If uname(2) fails, "UNIX" will be used.
5520 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b52
\b2.
\b. p
\bpa
\bag
\bge
\ber
\br
5525 This variable specifies which pager you would like to use to view
5526 messages. builtin means to use the builtin pager, otherwise this
5527 variable should specify the pathname of the external pager you would
5530 Using an external pager may have some disadvantages: Additional
5531 keystrokes are necessary because you can't call mutt-ng functions
5532 directly from the pager, and screen resizes cause lines longer than
5533 the screen width to be badly formatted in the help menu.
5535 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b53
\b3.
\b. p
\bpa
\bag
\bge
\ber
\br_
\b_c
\bco
\bon
\bnt
\bte
\bex
\bxt
\bt
5540 This variable controls the number of lines of context that are given
5541 when displaying the next or previous page in the internal pager. By
5542 default, Mutt-ng will display the line after the last one on the
5543 screen at the top of the next page (0 lines of context).
5545 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b54
\b4.
\b. p
\bpa
\bag
\bge
\ber
\br_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
5548 Default: "-%Z- %C/%m: %-20.20n %s"
5550 This variable controls the format of the one-line message ``status''
5551 displayed before each message in either the internal or an external
5552 pager. The valid sequences are listed in the ````$index_format''''
5555 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b55
\b5.
\b. p
\bpa
\bag
\bge
\ber
\br_
\b_i
\bin
\bnd
\bde
\bex
\bx_
\b_l
\bli
\bin
\bne
\bes
\bs
5560 Determines the number of lines of a mini-index which is shown when in
5561 the pager. The current message, unless near the top or bottom of the
5562 folder, will be roughly one third of the way down this mini-index,
5563 giving the reader the context of a few messages before and after the
5564 message. This is useful, for example, to determine how many messages
5565 remain to be read in the current thread. One of the lines is reserved
5566 for the status bar from the index, so a _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bs of 6 will
5567 only show 5 lines of the actual index. A value of 0 results in no
5568 index being shown. If the number of messages in the current folder is
5569 less than _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bs, then the index will only use as many
5572 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b56
\b6.
\b. p
\bpa
\bag
\bge
\ber
\br_
\b_s
\bst
\bto
\bop
\bp
5577 When set, the internal-pager will n
\bno
\bot
\bt move to the next message when
5578 you are at the end of a message and invoke the _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\b-_
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be function.
5580 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b57
\b7.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bto
\bo_
\b_d
\bde
\bec
\bco
\bod
\bde
\be
5585 If set, mutt-ng will automatically attempt to decrypt traditional PGP
5586 messages whenever the user performs an operation which ordinarily
5587 would result in the contents of the message being operated on. For
5588 example, if the user displays a pgp-traditional message which has not
5589 been manually checked with the check-traditional-pgp function, mutt-ng
5590 will automatically check the message for traditional pgp.
5592 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b58
\b8.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bto
\boi
\bin
\bnl
\bli
\bin
\bne
\be
5597 This option controls whether Mutt-ng generates old-style inline
5598 (traditional) PGP encrypted or signed messages under certain
5599 circumstances. This can be overridden by use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when
5600 inline is not required.
5602 Note that Mutt-ng might automatically use PGP/MIME for messages which
5603 consist of more than a single MIME part. Mutt-ng can be configured to
5604 ask before sending PGP/MIME messages when inline (traditional) would
5605 not work. See also: ````$pgp_mime_auto''''.
5607 Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by
5608 d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd. (PGP only)
5610 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b59
\b9.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_c
\bch
\bhe
\bec
\bck
\bk_
\b_e
\bex
\bxi
\bit
\bt
5615 If set, mutt-ng will check the exit code of the PGP subprocess when
5616 signing or encrypting. A non-zero exit code means that the subprocess
5619 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b60
\b0.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_c
\bcl
\ble
\bea
\bar
\brs
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5624 This format is used to create a old-style "clearsigned" PGP message.
5625 Note that the use of this format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd. (PGP only)
5627 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b61
\b1.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_d
\bde
\bec
\bco
\bod
\bde
\be_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5632 This format strings specifies a command which is used to decode
5633 application/pgp attachments.
5635 The PGP command formats have their own set of printf-like sequences:
5637 %
\b%p
\bp Expands to PGPPASSFD=0 when a pass phrase is needed, to an empty
5638 string otherwise. Note: This may be used with a %? construct.
5640 %
\b%f
\bf Expands to the name of a file containing a message.
5642 %
\b%s
\bs Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part of a
5643 multipart/signed attachment when verifying it.
5645 %
\b%a
\ba The value of ``$pgp_sign_as''.
5647 %
\b%r
\br One or more key IDs.
5649 For examples on how to configure these formats for the various
5650 versions of PGP which are floating around, see the pgp*.rc and gpg.rc
5651 files in the samples/ subdirectory which has been installed on your
5652 system alongside the documentation. (PGP only)
5654 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b62
\b2.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_d
\bde
\bec
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5659 This command is used to decrypt a PGP encrypted message. (PGP only)
5661 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b63
\b3.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_e
\ben
\bnc
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_o
\bon
\bnl
\bly
\by_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5666 This command is used to encrypt a body part without signing it. (PGP
5669 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b64
\b4.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_e
\ben
\bnc
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_s
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5674 This command is used to both sign and encrypt a body part. (PGP only)
5676 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b65
\b5.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_e
\ben
\bnt
\btr
\bry
\by_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
5679 Default: "%4n %t%f %4l/0x%k %-4a %2c %u"
5681 This variable allows you to customize the PGP key selection menu to
5682 your personal taste. This string is similar to ````$index_format'''',
5683 but has its own set of printf()-like sequences:
5697 %
\b%c
\bc capabilities
5699 %
\b%t
\bt trust/validity of the key-uid association
5701 %
\b%[
\b[<
\b<s
\bs>
\b>]
\b]
5702 date of the key where <s> is an strftime(3) expression
5706 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b66
\b6.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_e
\bex
\bxp
\bpo
\bor
\brt
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5711 This command is used to export a public key from the user's key ring.
5714 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b67
\b7.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_g
\bge
\bet
\btk
\bke
\bey
\bys
\bs_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5719 This command is invoked whenever mutt-ng will need public key
5720 information. %r is the only printf-like sequence used with this
5723 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b68
\b8.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_g
\bgo
\boo
\bod
\bd_
\b_s
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn
5725 Type: regular expression
5728 If you assign a text to this variable, then a PGP signature is only
5729 considered verified if the output from ``$pgp_verify_command''
5730 contains the text. Use this variable if the exit code from the command
5731 is 0 even for bad signatures. (PGP only)
5733 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b69
\b9.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_i
\big
\bgn
\bno
\bor
\bre
\be_
\b_s
\bsu
\bub
\bbk
\bke
\bey
\bys
\bs
5738 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to ignore OpenPGP subkeys.
5739 Instead, the principal key will inherit the subkeys' capabilities.
5740 Unset this if you want to play interesting key selection games. (PGP
5743 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b70
\b0.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_i
\bim
\bmp
\bpo
\bor
\brt
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5748 This command is used to import a key from a message into the user's
5749 public key ring. (PGP only)
5751 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b71
\b1.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_l
\bli
\bis
\bst
\bt_
\b_p
\bpu
\bub
\bbr
\bri
\bin
\bng
\bg_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5756 This command is used to list the public key ring's contents. The
5757 output format must be analogous to the one used by gpg --list-keys
5760 This format is also generated by the pgpring utility which comes with
5763 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b72
\b2.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_l
\bli
\bis
\bst
\bt_
\b_s
\bse
\bec
\bcr
\bri
\bin
\bng
\bg_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5768 This command is used to list the secret key ring's contents. The
5769 output format must be analogous to the one used by gpg --list-keys
5772 This format is also generated by the pgpring utility which comes with
5775 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b73
\b3.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_l
\blo
\bon
\bng
\bg_
\b_i
\bid
\bds
\bs
5780 If set, use 64 bit PGP key IDs. Unset uses the normal 32 bit Key IDs.
5783 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b74
\b4.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_m
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bto
\bo
5788 This option controls whether Mutt-ng will prompt you for automatically
5789 sending a (signed/encrypted) message using PGP/MIME when inline
5790 (traditional) fails (for any reason).
5792 Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by
5793 d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd. (PGP only)
5795 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b75
\b5.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\byi
\bin
\bnl
\bli
\bin
\bne
\be
5800 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to create
5801 an inline (traditional) message when replying to a message which is
5802 PGP encrypted/signed inline. This can be overridden by use of the
5803 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when inline is not required. This option does not
5804 automatically detect if the (replied-to) message is inline; instead it
5805 relies on Mutt-ng internals for previously checked/flagged messages.
5807 Note that Mutt-ng might automatically use PGP/MIME for messages which
5808 consist of more than a single MIME part. Mutt-ng can be configured to
5809 ask before sending PGP/MIME messages when inline (traditional) would
5810 not work. See also: ````$pgp_mime_auto''''.
5812 Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by
5813 d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd. (PGP only)
5815 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b76
\b6.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_r
\bre
\bet
\bta
\bai
\bin
\bna
\bab
\bbl
\ble
\be_
\b_s
\bsi
\big
\bgs
\bs
5820 If set, signed and encrypted messages will consist of nested
5821 multipart/signed and multipart/encrypted body parts.
5823 This is useful for applications like encrypted and signed mailing
5824 lists, where the outer layer (multipart/encrypted) can be easily
5825 removed, while the inner multipart/signed part is retained. (PGP
5828 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b77
\b7.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw_
\b_u
\bun
\bnu
\bus
\bsa
\bab
\bbl
\ble
\be
5833 If set, mutt-ng will display non-usable keys on the PGP key selection
5834 menu. This includes keys which have been revoked, have expired, or
5835 have been marked as ``disabled'' by the user. (PGP only)
5837 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b78
\b8.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_s
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn_
\b_a
\bas
\bs
5842 If you have more than one key pair, this option allows you to specify
5843 which of your private keys to use. It is recommended that you use the
5844 keyid form to specify your key (e.g., ``0x00112233''). (PGP only)
5846 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b79
\b9.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_s
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5851 This command is used to create the detached PGP signature for a
5852 multipart/signed PGP/MIME body part. (PGP only)
5854 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b80
\b0.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_s
\bso
\bor
\brt
\bt_
\b_k
\bke
\bey
\bys
\bs
5859 Specifies how the entries in the `pgp keys' menu are sorted. The
5860 following are legal values:
5862 a
\bad
\bdd
\bdr
\bre
\bes
\bss
\bs
5863 sort alphabetically by user id
5865 k
\bke
\bey
\byi
\bid
\bd
5866 sort alphabetically by key id
5869 sort by key creation date
5871 t
\btr
\bru
\bus
\bst
\bt
5872 sort by the trust of the key
5874 If you prefer reverse order of the above values, prefix it with
5875 `reverse-'. (PGP only)
5877 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b81
\b1.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_s
\bst
\btr
\bri
\bic
\bct
\bt_
\b_e
\ben
\bnc
\bc
5882 If set, Mutt-ng will automatically encode PGP/MIME signed messages as
5883 _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\bd_
\b-_
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be. Please note that unsetting this variable may lead
5884 to problems with non-verifyable PGP signatures, so only change this if
5885 you know what you are doing. (PGP only)
5887 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b82
\b2.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_t
\bti
\bim
\bme
\beo
\bou
\but
\bt
5892 The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if
5893 not used. (PGP only)
5895 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b83
\b3.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_u
\bus
\bse
\be_
\b_g
\bgp
\bpg
\bg_
\b_a
\bag
\bge
\ben
\bnt
\bt
5900 If set, mutt-ng will use a possibly-running gpg-agent process. (PGP
5903 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b84
\b4.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_v
\bve
\ber
\bri
\bif
\bfy
\by_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5908 This command is used to verify PGP signatures. (PGP only)
5910 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b85
\b5.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_v
\bve
\ber
\bri
\bif
\bfy
\by_
\b_k
\bke
\bey
\by_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5915 This command is used to verify key information from the key selection
5918 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b86
\b6.
\b. p
\bpi
\bip
\bpe
\be_
\b_d
\bde
\bec
\bco
\bod
\bde
\be
5923 Used in connection with the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be command. When unset, Mutt-ng
5924 will pipe the messages without any preprocessing. When set, Mutt-ng
5925 will weed headers and will attempt to PGP/MIME decode the messages
5928 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b87
\b7.
\b. p
\bpi
\bip
\bpe
\be_
\b_s
\bse
\bep
\bp
5933 The separator to add between messages when piping a list of tagged
5934 messages to an external Unix command.
5936 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b88
\b8.
\b. p
\bpi
\bip
\bpe
\be_
\b_s
\bsp
\bpl
\bli
\bit
\bt
5941 Used in connection with the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be command and the ``tag-
5942 prefix'' operator. If this variable is unset, when piping a list of
5943 tagged messages Mutt-ng will concatenate the messages and will pipe
5944 them as a single folder. When set, Mutt-ng will pipe the messages one
5945 by one. In both cases the messages are piped in the current sorted
5946 order, and the ````$pipe_sep'''' separator is added after each
5949 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b89
\b9.
\b. p
\bpo
\bop
\bp_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bth
\bh_
\b_t
\btr
\bry
\by_
\b_a
\bal
\bll
\bl
5954 If set, Mutt-ng will try all available methods. When unset, Mutt-ng
5955 will only fall back to other authentication methods if the previous
5956 methods are unavailable. If a method is available but authentication
5957 fails, Mutt-ng will not connect to the POP server.
5959 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b90
\b0.
\b. p
\bpo
\bop
\bp_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bth
\bhe
\ben
\bnt
\bti
\bic
\bca
\bat
\bto
\bor
\brs
\bs
5964 This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods mutt-ng may
5965 attempt to use to log in to an POP server, in the order mutt-ng should
5966 try them. Authentication methods are either 'user', 'apop' or any
5967 SASL mechanism, eg 'digest-md5', 'gssapi' or 'cram-md5'. This
5968 parameter is case-insensitive. If this parameter is unset (the
5969 default) mutt-ng will try all available methods, in order from most-
5970 secure to least-secure.
5972 Example: set pop_authenticators="digest-md5:apop:user"
5974 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b91
\b1.
\b. p
\bpo
\bop
\bp_
\b_c
\bch
\bhe
\bec
\bck
\bki
\bin
\bnt
\bte
\ber
\brv
\bva
\bal
\bl
5979 This variable configures how often (in seconds) POP should look for
5982 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b92
\b2.
\b. p
\bpo
\bop
\bp_
\b_d
\bde
\bel
\ble
\bet
\bte
\be
5987 If set, Mutt-ng will delete successfully downloaded messages from the
5988 POP server when using the fetch-mail function. When unset, Mutt-ng
5989 will download messages but also leave them on the POP server.
5991 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b93
\b3.
\b. p
\bpo
\bop
\bp_
\b_h
\bho
\bos
\bst
\bt
5996 The name of your POP server for the fetch-mail function. You can also
5997 specify an alternative port, username and password, ie:
5999 [pop[s]://][username[:password]@]popserver[:port]
6001 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b94
\b4.
\b. p
\bpo
\bop
\bp_
\b_l
\bla
\bas
\bst
\bt
6006 If this variable is set, mutt-ng will try to use the "LAST" POP
6007 command for retrieving only unread messages from the POP server when
6008 using the fetch-mail function.
6010 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b95
\b5.
\b. p
\bpo
\bop
\bp_
\b_p
\bpa
\bas
\bss
\bs
6015 Specifies the password for your POP account. If unset, Mutt-ng will
6016 prompt you for your password when you open POP mailbox. W
\bWa
\bar
\brn
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg: you
6017 should only use this option when you are on a fairly secure machine,
6018 because the superuser can read your muttngrc even if you are the only
6019 one who can read the file.
6021 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b96
\b6.
\b. p
\bpo
\bop
\bp_
\b_r
\bre
\bec
\bco
\bon
\bnn
\bne
\bec
\bct
\bt
6026 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to POP server
6027 when connection lost.
6029 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b97
\b7.
\b. p
\bpo
\bop
\bp_
\b_u
\bus
\bse
\ber
\br
6034 Your login name on the POP server.
6036 This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.
6038 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b98
\b8.
\b. p
\bpo
\bos
\bst
\bt_
\b_i
\bin
\bnd
\bde
\ben
\bnt
\bt_
\b_s
\bst
\btr
\bri
\bin
\bng
\bg
6043 Similar to the ````$attribution'''' variable, Mutt-ng will append this
6044 string after the inclusion of a message which is being replied to.
6046 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b99
\b9.
\b. p
\bpo
\bos
\bst
\bt_
\b_m
\bmo
\bod
\bde
\ber
\bra
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd
6051 If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, Mutt-ng will post article to newsgroup that have not
6052 permissions to posting (e.g. moderated). N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if newsserver does not
6053 support posting to that newsgroup or totally read-only, that posting
6054 will not have an effect.
6056 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b00
\b0.
\b. p
\bpo
\bos
\bst
\btp
\bpo
\bon
\bne
\be
6061 Controls whether or not messages are saved in the ````$postponed''''
6062 mailbox when you elect not to send immediately.
6064 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b01
\b1.
\b. p
\bpo
\bos
\bst
\btp
\bpo
\bon
\bne
\bed
\bd
6067 Default: "~/postponed"
6069 Mutt-ng allows you to indefinitely ````postpone'' sending a message''
6070 which you are editing. When you choose to postpone a message, Mutt-ng
6071 saves it in the mailbox specified by this variable. Also see the
6072 ````$postpone'''' variable.
6074 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b02
\b2.
\b. p
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bco
\bon
\bnn
\bne
\bec
\bct
\bt
6079 If set, a shell command to be executed if mutt-ng fails to establish a
6080 connection to the server. This is useful for setting up secure
6081 connections, e.g. with ssh(1). If the command returns a nonzero
6082 status, mutt-ng gives up opening the server. Example:
6084 preconnect="ssh -f -q -L 1234:mailhost.net:143 mailhost.net sleep 20 <
6085 /dev/null > /dev/null"
6087 Mailbox 'foo' on mailhost.net can now be reached as
6088 '{localhost:1234}foo'.
6090 NOTE: For this example to work, you must be able to log in to the
6091 remote machine without having to enter a password.
6093 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b03
\b3.
\b. p
\bpr
\bri
\bin
\bnt
\bt
6098 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng really prints messages. This is set
6099 to _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo by default, because some people accidentally hit ``p'' often
6102 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b04
\b4.
\b. p
\bpr
\bri
\bin
\bnt
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
6107 This specifies the command pipe that should be used to print messages.
6109 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b05
\b5.
\b. p
\bpr
\bri
\bin
\bnt
\bt_
\b_d
\bde
\bec
\bco
\bod
\bde
\be
6114 Used in connection with the print-message command. If this option is
6115 set, the message is decoded before it is passed to the external
6116 command specified by ``$print_command''. If this option is unset, no
6117 processing will be applied to the message when printing it. The
6118 latter setting may be useful if you are using some advanced printer
6119 filter which is able to properly format e-mail messages for printing.
6121 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b06
\b6.
\b. p
\bpr
\bri
\bin
\bnt
\bt_
\b_s
\bsp
\bpl
\bli
\bit
\bt
6126 Used in connection with the print-message command. If this option is
6127 set, the command specified by ``$print_command'' is executed once for
6128 each message which is to be printed. If this option is unset, the
6129 command specified by ``$print_command'' is executed only once, and all
6130 the messages are concatenated, with a form feed as the message
6133 Those who use the e
\ben
\bns
\bsc
\bcr
\bri
\bip
\bpt
\bt(1) program's mail-printing mode will most
6134 likely want to set this option.
6136 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b07
\b7.
\b. p
\bpr
\bro
\bom
\bmp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_a
\baf
\bft
\bte
\ber
\br
6141 If you use an _
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl ````$pager'''', setting this variable will
6142 cause Mutt-ng to prompt you for a command when the pager exits rather
6143 than returning to the index menu. If unset, Mutt-ng will return to
6144 the index menu when the external pager exits.
6146 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b08
\b8.
\b. q
\bqu
\bue
\ber
\bry
\by_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
6151 This specifies the command that mutt-ng will use to make external
6152 address queries. The string should contain a %s, which will be
6153 substituted with the query string the user types. See ````query''''
6154 for more information.
6156 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b09
\b9.
\b. q
\bqu
\bui
\bit
\bt
6161 This variable controls whether ``quit'' and ``exit'' actually quit
6162 from mutt-ng. If it set to yes, they do quit, if it is set to no,
6163 they have no effect, and if it is set to ask-yes or ask-no, you are
6164 prompted for confirmation when you try to quit.
6166 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b10
\b0.
\b. q
\bqu
\buo
\bot
\bte
\be_
\b_e
\bem
\bmp
\bpt
\bty
\by
6171 Controls whether or not empty lines will be quoted using
6172 ````indent_string''''.
6174 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b11
\b1.
\b. q
\bqu
\buo
\bot
\bte
\be_
\b_q
\bqu
\buo
\bot
\bte
\bed
\bd
6179 Controls how quoted lines will be quoted. If set, one quote character
6180 will be added to the end of existing prefix. Otherwise, quoted lines
6181 will be prepended by ````indent_string''''.
6183 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b12
\b2.
\b. q
\bqu
\buo
\bot
\bte
\be_
\b_r
\bre
\beg
\bge
\bex
\bxp
\bp
6185 Type: regular expression
6186 Default: "^([ \t]*[|>:}#])+"
6188 A regular expression used in the internal-pager to determine quoted
6189 sections of text in the body of a message.
6191 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: In order to use the _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\bdx
\bx patterns in the internal pager, you
6192 need to set this to a regular expression that matches _
\be_
\bx_
\ba_
\bc_
\bt_
\bl_
\by the
6193 quote characters at the beginning of quoted lines.
6195 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b13
\b3.
\b. r
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bd_
\b_i
\bin
\bnc
\bc
6200 If set to a value greater than 0, Mutt-ng will display which message
6201 it is currently on when reading a mailbox. The message is printed
6202 after _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc messages have been read (e.g., if set to 25, Mutt-ng
6203 will print a message when it reads message 25, and then again when it
6204 gets to message 50). This variable is meant to indicate progress when
6205 reading large mailboxes which may take some time. When set to 0, only
6206 a single message will appear before the reading the mailbox.
6208 Also see the ````$write_inc'''' variable.
6210 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b14
\b4.
\b. r
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bd_
\b_o
\bon
\bnl
\bly
\by
6215 If set, all folders are opened in read-only mode.
6217 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b15
\b5.
\b. r
\bre
\bea
\bal
\bln
\bna
\bam
\bme
\be
6222 This variable specifies what "real" or "personal" name should be used
6223 when sending messages.
6225 By default, this is the GECOS field from /etc/passwd. Note that this
6226 variable will _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt be used when the user has set a real name in the
6229 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b16
\b6.
\b. r
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bal
\bll
\bl
6234 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng recalls postponed messages when
6235 composing a new message. Also see ````$postponed''''.
6237 Setting this variable to ``yes'' is not generally useful, and thus not
6240 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b17
\b7.
\b. r
\bre
\bec
\bco
\bor
\brd
\bd
6245 This specifies the file into which your outgoing messages should be
6246 appended. (This is meant as the primary method for saving a copy of
6247 your messages, but another way to do this is using the ````my_hdr''''
6248 command to create a _
\bB_
\bc_
\bc_
\b: field with your email address in it.)
6250 The value of _
\b`_
\b`_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\b'_
\b' is overridden by the ````$force_name'''' and
6251 ````$save_name'''' variables, and the ````fcc-hook'''' command.
6253 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b18
\b8.
\b. r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\by_
\b_r
\bre
\beg
\bge
\bex
\bxp
\bp
6255 Type: regular expression
6256 Default: "^(re([\[0-9\]+])*|aw):[ \t]*"
6258 A regular expression used to recognize reply messages when threading
6259 and replying. The default value corresponds to the English "Re:" and
6262 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b19
\b9.
\b. r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\by_
\b_s
\bse
\bel
\blf
\bf
6267 If unset and you are replying to a message sent by you, Mutt-ng will
6268 assume that you want to reply to the recipients of that message rather
6271 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b20
\b0.
\b. r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\by_
\b_t
\bto
\bo
6276 If set, when replying to a message, Mutt-ng will use the address
6277 listed in the Reply-to: header as the recipient of the reply. If
6278 unset, it will use the address in the From: header field instead.
6279 This option is useful for reading a mailing list that sets the Reply-
6280 To: header field to the list address and you want to send a private
6281 message to the author of a message.
6283 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b21
\b1.
\b. r
\bre
\bes
\bso
\bol
\blv
\bve
\be
6288 When set, the cursor will be automatically advanced to the next
6289 (possibly undeleted) message whenever a command that modifies the
6290 current message is executed.
6292 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b22
\b2.
\b. r
\bre
\bev
\bve
\ber
\brs
\bse
\be_
\b_a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bs
6297 This variable controls whether or not Mutt-ng will display the
6298 "personal" name from your aliases in the index menu if it finds an
6299 alias that matches the message's sender. For example, if you have the
6302 alias juser abd30425@somewhere.net (Joe User)
6304 and then you receive mail which contains the following header:
6306 From: abd30425@somewhere.net
6308 It would be displayed in the index menu as ``Joe User'' instead of
6309 ``abd30425@somewhere.net.'' This is useful when the person's e-mail
6310 address is not human friendly (like CompuServe addresses).
6312 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b23
\b3.
\b. r
\bre
\bev
\bve
\ber
\brs
\bse
\be_
\b_n
\bna
\bam
\bme
\be
6317 It may sometimes arrive that you receive mail to a certain machine,
6318 move the messages to another machine, and reply to some the messages
6319 from there. If this variable is set, the default _
\bF_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\b: line of the
6320 reply messages is built using the address where you received the
6321 messages you are replying to i
\bif
\bf that address matches your alternates.
6322 If the variable is unset, or the address that would be used doesn't
6323 match your alternates, the _
\bF_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\b: line will use your address on the
6326 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b24
\b4.
\b. r
\bre
\bev
\bve
\ber
\brs
\bse
\be_
\b_r
\bre
\bea
\bal
\bln
\bna
\bam
\bme
\be
6331 This variable fine-tunes the behaviour of the ``reverse_name''
6332 feature. When it is set, mutt-ng will use the address from incoming
6333 messages as-is, possibly including eventual real names. When it is
6334 unset, mutt-ng will override any such real names with the setting of
6335 the ``realname'' variable.
6337 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b25
\b5.
\b. r
\brf
\bfc
\bc2
\b20
\b04
\b47
\b7_
\b_p
\bpa
\bar
\bra
\bam
\bme
\bet
\bte
\ber
\brs
\bs
6342 When this variable is set, Mutt-ng will decode RFC-2047-encoded MIME
6343 parameters. You want to set this variable when mutt-ng suggests you to
6344 save attachments to files named like this:
6345 =?iso-8859-1?Q?file=5F=E4=5F991116=2Ezip?=
6347 When this variable is set interactively, the change doesn't have the
6348 desired effect before you have changed folders.
6350 Note that this use of RFC 2047's encoding is explicitly, prohibited by
6351 the standard, but nevertheless encountered in the wild. Also note
6352 that setting this parameter will _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt have the effect that mutt-ng
6353 _
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs this kind of encoding. Instead, mutt-ng will
6354 unconditionally use the encoding specified in RFC 2231.
6356 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b26
\b6.
\b. s
\bsa
\bav
\bve
\be_
\b_a
\bad
\bdd
\bdr
\bre
\bes
\bss
\bs
6361 If set, mutt-ng will take the sender's full address when choosing a
6362 default folder for saving a mail. If ````$save_name'''' or
6363 ````$force_name'''' is set too, the selection of the fcc folder will
6366 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b27
\b7.
\b. s
\bsa
\bav
\bve
\be_
\b_e
\bem
\bmp
\bpt
\bty
\by
6371 When unset, mailboxes which contain no saved messages will be removed
6372 when closed (the exception is ````$spoolfile'''' which is never
6373 removed). If set, mailboxes are never removed.
6375 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: This only applies to mbox and MMDF folders, Mutt-ng does not
6376 delete MH and Maildir directories.
6378 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b28
\b8.
\b. s
\bsa
\bav
\bve
\be_
\b_n
\bna
\bam
\bme
\be
6383 This variable controls how copies of outgoing messages are saved.
6384 When set, a check is made to see if a mailbox specified by the
6385 recipient address exists (this is done by searching for a mailbox in
6386 the ````$folder'''' directory with the _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be part of the recipient
6387 address). If the mailbox exists, the outgoing message will be saved
6388 to that mailbox, otherwise the message is saved to the ````$record''''
6391 Also see the ````$force_name'''' variable.
6393 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b29
\b9.
\b. s
\bsa
\bav
\bve
\be_
\b_u
\bun
\bns
\bsu
\bub
\bbs
\bsc
\bcr
\bri
\bib
\bbe
\bed
\bd
6398 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, info about unsubscribed newsgroups will be saved into
6399 ``newsrc'' file and into cache.
6401 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b30
\b0.
\b. s
\bsc
\bco
\bor
\bre
\be
6406 When this variable is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, scoring is turned off. This can be
6407 useful to selectively disable scoring for certain folders when the
6408 ````$score_threshold_delete'''' variable and friends are used.
6410 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b31
\b1.
\b. s
\bsc
\bco
\bor
\bre
\be_
\b_t
\bth
\bhr
\bre
\bes
\bsh
\bho
\bol
\bld
\bd_
\b_d
\bde
\bel
\ble
\bet
\bte
\be
6415 Messages which have been assigned a score equal to or lower than the
6416 value of this variable are automatically marked for deletion by mutt-
6417 ng. Since mutt-ng scores are always greater than or equal to zero,
6418 the default setting of this variable will never mark a message for
6421 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b32
\b2.
\b. s
\bsc
\bco
\bor
\bre
\be_
\b_t
\bth
\bhr
\bre
\bes
\bsh
\bho
\bol
\bld
\bd_
\b_f
\bfl
\bla
\bag
\bg
6426 Messages which have been assigned a score greater than or equal to
6427 this variable's value are automatically marked "flagged".
6429 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b33
\b3.
\b. s
\bsc
\bco
\bor
\bre
\be_
\b_t
\bth
\bhr
\bre
\bes
\bsh
\bho
\bol
\bld
\bd_
\b_r
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bd
6434 Messages which have been assigned a score equal to or lower than the
6435 value of this variable are automatically marked as read by mutt-ng.
6436 Since mutt-ng scores are always greater than or equal to zero, the
6437 default setting of this variable will never mark a message read.
6439 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b34
\b4.
\b. s
\bse
\ben
\bnd
\bd_
\b_c
\bch
\bha
\bar
\brs
\bse
\bet
\bt
6442 Default: "us-ascii:iso-8859-1:utf-8"
6444 A list of character sets for outgoing messages. Mutt-ng will use the
6445 first character set into which the text can be converted exactly. If
6446 your ````$charset'''' is not iso-8859-1 and recipients may not
6447 understand UTF-8, it is advisable to include in the list an
6448 appropriate widely used standard character set (such as iso-8859-2,
6449 koi8-r or iso-2022-jp) either instead of or after "iso-8859-1".
6451 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b35
\b5.
\b. s
\bse
\ben
\bnd
\bdm
\bma
\bai
\bil
\bl
6454 Default: "/usr/sbin/sendmail -oem -oi"
6456 Specifies the program and arguments used to deliver mail sent by Mutt-
6457 ng. Mutt-ng expects that the specified program interprets additional
6458 arguments as recipient addresses.
6460 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b36
\b6.
\b. s
\bse
\ben
\bnd
\bdm
\bma
\bai
\bil
\bl_
\b_w
\bwa
\bai
\bit
\bt
6465 Specifies the number of seconds to wait for the ````$sendmail''''
6466 process to finish before giving up and putting delivery in the
6469 Mutt-ng interprets the value of this variable as follows:
6471 >
\b>0
\b0 number of seconds to wait for sendmail to finish before
6474 0
\b0 wait forever for sendmail to finish
6476 <
\b<0
\b0 always put sendmail in the background without waiting
6478 Note that if you specify a value other than 0, the output of the child
6479 process will be put in a temporary file. If there is some error, you
6480 will be informed as to where to find the output.
6482 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b37
\b7.
\b. s
\bsh
\bhe
\bel
\bll
\bl
6487 Command to use when spawning a subshell. By default, the user's login
6488 shell from /etc/passwd is used.
6490 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b38
\b8.
\b. s
\bsh
\bho
\bor
\brt
\bte
\ben
\bn_
\b_h
\bhi
\bie
\ber
\bra
\bar
\brc
\bch
\bhy
\by
6495 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the "hierarchy" of the sidebar entries will be shortened
6496 only if they cannot be printed in full length (because
6497 ````$sidebar_width'''' is set to a too low value). For example, if the
6498 newsgroup name ``de.alt.sysadmin.recovery'' doesn't fit on the screen,
6499 it'll get shortened ``d.a.s.recovery'' while ``de.alt.d0'' still would
6500 and thus will not get shortened.
6502 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b39
\b9.
\b. s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw_
\b_n
\bne
\bew
\bw_
\b_n
\bne
\bew
\bws
\bs
6507 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, newsserver will be asked for new newsgroups on entering the
6508 browser. Otherwise, it will be done only once for a newsserver. Also
6509 controls whether or not number of new articles of subscribed
6510 newsgroups will be then checked.
6512 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b40
\b0.
\b. s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw_
\b_o
\bon
\bnl
\bly
\by_
\b_u
\bun
\bnr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bd
6517 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, only subscribed newsgroups that contain unread articles will
6518 be displayed in browser.
6520 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b41
\b1.
\b. s
\bsi
\bid
\bde
\beb
\bba
\bar
\br_
\b_d
\bde
\bel
\bli
\bim
\bm
6525 This specifies the delimiter between the sidebar (if visible) and
6528 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b42
\b2.
\b. s
\bsi
\bid
\bde
\beb
\bba
\bar
\br_
\b_v
\bvi
\bis
\bsi
\bib
\bbl
\ble
\be
6533 This specifies whether or not to show the mailbox list pane.
6535 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b43
\b3.
\b. s
\bsi
\bid
\bde
\beb
\bba
\bar
\br_
\b_w
\bwi
\bid
\bdt
\bth
\bh
6540 The width of the mailbox list pane (left sidebar like in GUIs).
6542 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b44
\b4.
\b. s
\bsi
\big
\bg_
\b_d
\bda
\bas
\bsh
\bhe
\bes
\bs
6547 If set, a line containing ``-- '' will be inserted before your
6548 ````$signature''''. It is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by recommended that you not unset
6549 this variable unless your ``signature'' contains just your name. The
6550 reason for this is because many software packages use ``-- \n'' to
6551 detect your signature. For example, Mutt-ng has the ability to
6552 highlight the signature in a different color in the builtin pager.
6554 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b45
\b5.
\b. s
\bsi
\big
\bg_
\b_o
\bon
\bn_
\b_t
\bto
\bop
\bp
6559 If set, the signature will be included before any quoted or forwarded
6560 text. It is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by recommended that you do not set this variable
6561 unless you really know what you are doing, and are prepared to take
6562 some heat from netiquette guardians.
6564 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b46
\b6.
\b. s
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bna
\bat
\btu
\bur
\bre
\be
6567 Default: "~/.signature"
6569 Specifies the filename of your signature, which is appended to all
6570 outgoing messages. If the filename ends with a pipe (``|''), it is
6571 assumed that filename is a shell command and input should be read from
6574 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b47
\b7.
\b. s
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bno
\bof
\bff
\bf_
\b_s
\bst
\btr
\bri
\bin
\bng
\bg
6579 If set, this string will be inserted before the signature. This is
6580 useful for people that want to sign off every message they send with
6583 If you want to insert your website's URL, additional contact
6584 information or witty quotes into your mails, better use a signature
6585 file instead of the signoff string.
6587 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b48
\b8.
\b. s
\bsi
\bim
\bmp
\bpl
\ble
\be_
\b_s
\bse
\bea
\bar
\brc
\bch
\bh
6590 Default: "~f %s | ~s %s"
6592 Specifies how Mutt-ng should expand a simple search into a real search
6593 pattern. A simple search is one that does not contain any of the ~
6594 operators. See ````patterns'''' for more information on search
6597 For example, if you simply type joe at a search or limit prompt, Mutt-
6598 ng will automatically expand it to the value specified by this
6599 variable. For the default value it would be:
6603 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b49
\b9.
\b. s
\bsl
\ble
\bee
\bep
\bp_
\b_t
\bti
\bim
\bme
\be
6608 Specifies time, in seconds, to pause while displaying certain
6609 informational messages, while moving from folder to folder and after
6610 expunging messages from the current folder. The default is to pause
6611 one second, so a value of zero for this option suppresses the pause.
6613 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b50
\b0.
\b. s
\bsm
\bma
\bar
\brt
\bt_
\b_w
\bwr
\bra
\bap
\bp
6618 Controls the display of lines longer than the screen width in the
6619 internal pager. If set, long lines are wrapped at a word boundary. If
6620 unset, lines are simply wrapped at the screen edge. Also see the
6621 ````$markers'''' variable.
6623 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b51
\b1.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bil
\ble
\bey
\bys
\bs
6625 Type: regular expression
6626 Default: "(>From )|(:[-^]?[][)(><}{|/DP])"
6628 The _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br uses this variable to catch some common false positives of
6629 ````$quote_regexp'''', most notably smileys in the beginning of a line
6631 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b52
\b2.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_a
\bas
\bsk
\bk_
\b_c
\bce
\ber
\brt
\bt_
\b_l
\bla
\bab
\bbe
\bel
\bl
6636 This flag controls whether you want to be asked to enter a label for a
6637 certificate about to be added to the database or not. It is set by
6638 default. (S/MIME only)
6640 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b53
\b3.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_c
\bca
\ba_
\b_l
\blo
\boc
\bca
\bat
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn
6644 This variable contains the name of either a directory, or a file which
6645 contains trusted certificates for use with OpenSSL. (S/MIME only)
6647 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b54
\b4.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_c
\bce
\ber
\brt
\bti
\bif
\bfi
\bic
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bes
\bs
6652 Since there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, mutt-ng has to handle
6653 storage and retrieval of keys by itself. This is very basic right now,
6654 and keys and certificates are stored in two different directories,
6655 both named as the hash-value retrieved from OpenSSL. There is an index
6656 file which contains mailbox-address keyid pairs, and which can be
6657 manually edited. This one points to the location of the certificates.
6660 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b55
\b5.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_d
\bde
\bec
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
6665 This format string specifies a command which is used to decrypt
6666 application/x-pkcs7-mime attachments.
6668 The OpenSSL command formats have their own set of printf-like
6669 sequences similar to PGP's:
6671 %
\b%f
\bf Expands to the name of a file containing a message.
6673 %
\b%s
\bs Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part of a
6674 multipart/signed attachment when verifying it.
6676 %
\b%k
\bk The key-pair specified with ``$smime_default_key''
6678 %
\b%c
\bc One or more certificate IDs.
6680 %
\b%a
\ba The algorithm used for encryption.
6682 %
\b%C
\bC CA location: Depending on whether ``$smime_ca_location'' points
6683 to a directory or file, this expands to "-CApath
6684 ``$smime_ca_location''" or "-CAfile ``$smime_ca_location''".
6686 For examples on how to configure these formats, see the smime.rc in
6687 the samples/ subdirectory which has been installed on your system
6688 alongside the documentation. (S/MIME only)
6690 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b56
\b6.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_d
\bde
\bec
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_u
\bus
\bse
\be_
\b_d
\bde
\bef
\bfa
\bau
\bul
\blt
\bt_
\b_k
\bke
\bey
\by
6695 If set (default) this tells mutt-ng to use the default key for
6696 decryption. Otherwise, if manage multiple certificate-key-pairs, mutt-
6697 ng will try to use the mailbox-address to determine the key to use. It
6698 will ask you to supply a key, if it can't find one. (S/MIME only)
6700 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b57
\b7.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_d
\bde
\bef
\bfa
\bau
\bul
\blt
\bt_
\b_k
\bke
\bey
\by
6705 This is the default key-pair to use for signing. This must be set to
6706 the keyid (the hash-value that OpenSSL generates) to work properly
6709 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b58
\b8.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_e
\ben
\bnc
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
6714 This command is used to create encrypted S/MIME messages. (S/MIME
6717 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b59
\b9.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_e
\ben
\bnc
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_w
\bwi
\bit
\bth
\bh
6722 This sets the algorithm that should be used for encryption. Valid
6723 choices are "des", "des3", "rc2-40", "rc2-64", "rc2-128". If unset
6724 "3des" (TripleDES) is used. (S/MIME only)
6726 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b60
\b0.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_g
\bge
\bet
\bt_
\b_c
\bce
\ber
\brt
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
6731 This command is used to extract X509 certificates from a PKCS7
6732 structure. (S/MIME only)
6734 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b61
\b1.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_g
\bge
\bet
\bt_
\b_c
\bce
\ber
\brt
\bt_
\b_e
\bem
\bma
\bai
\bil
\bl_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
6739 This command is used to extract the mail address(es) used for storing
6740 X509 certificates, and for verification purposes (to check whether the
6741 certificate was issued for the sender's mailbox). (S/MIME only)
6743 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b62
\b2.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_g
\bge
\bet
\bt_
\b_s
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bne
\ber
\br_
\b_c
\bce
\ber
\brt
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
6748 This command is used to extract only the signers X509 certificate from
6749 a S/MIME signature, so that the certificate's owner may get compared
6750 to the email's 'From'-field. (S/MIME only)
6752 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b63
\b3.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_i
\bim
\bmp
\bpo
\bor
\brt
\bt_
\b_c
\bce
\ber
\brt
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
6757 This command is used to import a certificate via smime_keys. (S/MIME
6760 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b64
\b4.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_i
\bis
\bs_
\b_d
\bde
\bef
\bfa
\bau
\bul
\blt
\bt
6765 The default behaviour of mutt-ng is to use PGP on all auto-
6766 sign/encryption operations. To override and to use OpenSSL instead
6767 this must be set. However, this has no effect while replying, since
6768 mutt-ng will automatically select the same application that was used
6769 to sign/encrypt the original message. (Note that this variable can be
6770 overridden by unsetting ``$crypt_autosmime''.) (S/MIME only)
6772 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b65
\b5.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_k
\bke
\bey
\bys
\bs
6777 Since there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, mutt-ng has to handle
6778 storage ad retrieval of keys/certs by itself. This is very basic right
6779 now, and stores keys and certificates in two different directories,
6780 both named as the hash-value retrieved from OpenSSL. There is an index
6781 file which contains mailbox-address keyid pair, and which can be
6782 manually edited. This one points to the location of the private keys.
6785 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b66
\b6.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_p
\bpk
\bk7
\b7o
\bou
\but
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
6790 This command is used to extract PKCS7 structures of S/MIME signatures,
6791 in order to extract the public X509 certificate(s). (S/MIME only)
6793 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b67
\b7.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_s
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
6798 This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type
6799 multipart/signed, which can be read by all mail clients. (S/MIME
6802 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b68
\b8.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_s
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn_
\b_o
\bop
\bpa
\baq
\bqu
\bue
\be_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
6807 This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type
6808 application/x-pkcs7-signature, which can only be handled by mail
6809 clients supporting the S/MIME extension. (S/MIME only)
6811 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b69
\b9.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_t
\bti
\bim
\bme
\beo
\bou
\but
\bt
6816 The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if
6817 not used. (S/MIME only)
6819 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b70
\b0.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_v
\bve
\ber
\bri
\bif
\bfy
\by_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
6824 This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type
6825 multipart/signed. (S/MIME only)
6827 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b71
\b1.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_v
\bve
\ber
\bri
\bif
\bfy
\by_
\b_o
\bop
\bpa
\baq
\bqu
\bue
\be_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
6831 This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type
6832 application/x-pkcs7-mime. (S/MIME only)
6834 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b72
\b2.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmt
\btp
\bp_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bth
\bh_
\b_p
\bpa
\bas
\bss
\bsw
\bwo
\bor
\brd
\bd
6839 Defines the password to use with SMTP AUTH. If
6840 ````$smtp_auth_username'''' is set, but this variable is not, you will
6841 be prompted for a password when sending.
6843 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b73
\b3.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmt
\btp
\bp_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bth
\bh_
\b_u
\bus
\bse
\ber
\brn
\bna
\bam
\bme
\be
6848 Defines the username to use with SMTP AUTH. Setting this variable
6849 will cause mutt-ng to attempt to use SMTP AUTH when sending.
6851 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b74
\b4.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmt
\btp
\bp_
\b_h
\bho
\bos
\bst
\bt
6856 Defines the SMTP host which will be used to deliver mail, as opposed
6857 to invoking the sendmail binary. Setting this variable overrides the
6858 value of ````$sendmail'''', and any associated variables.
6860 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b75
\b5.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmt
\btp
\bp_
\b_p
\bpo
\bor
\brt
\bt
6865 Defines the port that the SMTP host is listening on for mail delivery.
6866 Must be specified as a number.
6868 Defaults to 25, the standard SMTP port, but RFC 2476-compliant SMTP
6869 servers will probably desire 587, the mail submission port.
6871 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b76
\b6.
\b. s
\bso
\bor
\brt
\bt
6876 Specifies how to sort messages in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu. Valid values are:
6881 mailbox-order (unsorted)
6889 You may optionally use the reverse- prefix to specify reverse sorting
6890 order (example: set sort=reverse-date-sent).
6892 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b77
\b7.
\b. s
\bso
\bor
\brt
\bt_
\b_a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bs
6897 Specifies how the entries in the `alias' menu are sorted. The
6898 following are legal values:
6900 address (sort alphabetically by email address)
6901 alias (sort alphabetically by alias name)
6902 unsorted (leave in order specified in .muttrc)
6904 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b78
\b8.
\b. s
\bso
\bor
\brt
\bt_
\b_a
\bau
\bux
\bx
6909 When sorting by threads, this variable controls how threads are sorted
6910 in relation to other threads, and how the branches of the thread trees
6911 are sorted. This can be set to any value that ````$sort'''' can,
6912 except threads (in that case, mutt-ng will just use date-sent). You
6913 can also specify the last- prefix in addition to the reverse- prefix,
6914 but last- must come after reverse-. The last- prefix causes messages
6915 to be sorted against its siblings by which has the last descendant,
6916 using the rest of sort_aux as an ordering. For instance, set
6917 sort_aux=last- date-received would mean that if a new message is
6918 received in a thread, that thread becomes the last one displayed (or
6919 the first, if you have set sort=reverse-threads.) Note: For reversed
6920 ````$sort'''' order ``$sort_aux'' is reversed again (which is not the
6921 right thing to do, but kept to not break any existing configuration
6923 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b79
\b9.
\b. s
\bso
\bor
\brt
\bt_
\b_b
\bbr
\bro
\bow
\bws
\bse
\ber
\br
6928 Specifies how to sort entries in the file browser. By default, the
6929 entries are sorted alphabetically. Valid values:
6931 alpha (alphabetically)
6936 You may optionally use the reverse- prefix to specify reverse sorting
6937 order (example: set sort_browser=reverse-date).
6939 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b80
\b0.
\b. s
\bso
\bor
\brt
\bt_
\b_r
\bre
\be
6944 This variable is only useful when sorting by threads with
6945 ````$strict_threads'''' unset. In that case, it changes the heuristic
6946 mutt-ng uses to thread messages by subject. With sort_re set, mutt-ng
6947 will only attach a message as the child of another message by subject
6948 if the subject of the child message starts with a substring matching
6949 the setting of ````$reply_regexp''''. With sort_re unset, mutt-ng
6950 will attach the message whether or not this is the case, as long as
6951 the non-````$reply_regexp'''' parts of both messages are identical.
6953 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b81
\b1.
\b. s
\bsp
\bpa
\bam
\bm_
\b_s
\bse
\bep
\bpa
\bar
\bra
\bat
\bto
\bor
\br
6958 ````spam_separator'''' controls what happens when multiple spam
6959 headers are matched: if unset, each successive header will overwrite
6960 any previous matches value for the spam label. If set, each successive
6961 match will append to the previous, using ````spam_separator'''' as a
6964 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b82
\b2.
\b. s
\bsp
\bpo
\boo
\bol
\blf
\bfi
\bil
\ble
\be
6969 If your spool mailbox is in a non-default place where Mutt-ng cannot
6970 find it, you can specify its location with this variable. Mutt-ng
6971 will automatically set this variable to the value of the environment
6972 variable $MAIL if it is not set.
6974 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b83
\b3.
\b. s
\bss
\bsl
\bl_
\b_c
\bca
\ba_
\b_c
\bce
\ber
\brt
\bti
\bif
\bfi
\bic
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bes
\bs_
\b_f
\bfi
\bil
\ble
\be
6979 This variable specifies a file containing trusted CA certificates.
6980 Any server certificate that is signed with one of these CA
6981 certificates are also automatically accepted.
6983 Example: set ssl_ca_certificates_file=/etc/ssl/certs/ca-
6986 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b84
\b4.
\b. s
\bss
\bsl
\bl_
\b_c
\bcl
\bli
\bie
\ben
\bnt
\bt_
\b_c
\bce
\ber
\brt
\bt
6991 The file containing a client certificate and its associated private
6994 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b85
\b5.
\b. s
\bss
\bsl
\bl_
\b_m
\bmi
\bin
\bn_
\b_d
\bdh
\bh_
\b_p
\bpr
\bri
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_b
\bbi
\bit
\bts
\bs
6999 This variable specifies the minimum acceptable prime size (in bits)
7000 for use in any Diffie-Hellman key exchange. A value of 0 will use the
7001 default from the GNUTLS library.
7003 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b86
\b6.
\b. s
\bss
\bsl
\bl_
\b_s
\bst
\bta
\bar
\brt
\btt
\btl
\bls
\bs
7008 If set (the default), mutt-ng will attempt to use STARTTLS on servers
7009 advertising the capability. When unset, mutt-ng will not attempt to
7010 use STARTTLS regardless of the server's capabilities.
7012 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b87
\b7.
\b. s
\bss
\bsl
\bl_
\b_u
\bus
\bse
\be_
\b_s
\bss
\bsl
\blv
\bv3
\b3
7016 This variables specifies whether to attempt to use SSLv3 in the SSL
7017 authentication process.
7019 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b88
\b8.
\b. s
\bss
\bsl
\bl_
\b_u
\bus
\bse
\be_
\b_t
\btl
\bls
\bsv
\bv1
\b1
7024 This variables specifies whether to attempt to use TLSv1 in the SSL
7025 authentication process.
7027 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b89
\b9.
\b. s
\bst
\bta
\bat
\btu
\bus
\bs_
\b_c
\bch
\bha
\bar
\brs
\bs
7032 Controls the characters used by the "%r" indicator in
7033 ````$status_format''''. The first character is used when the mailbox
7034 is unchanged. The second is used when the mailbox has been changed,
7035 and it needs to be resynchronized. The third is used if the mailbox is
7036 in read-only mode, or if the mailbox will not be written when exiting
7037 that mailbox (You can toggle whether to write changes to a mailbox
7038 with the toggle-write operation, bound by default to "%"). The fourth
7039 is used to indicate that the current folder has been opened in attach-
7040 message mode (Certain operations like composing a new mail, replying,
7041 forwarding, etc. are not permitted in this mode).
7043 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b29
\b90
\b0.
\b. s
\bst
\bta
\bat
\btu
\bus
\bs_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
7046 Default: "-%r-Mutt-ng: %f [Msgs:%?M?%M/?%m%?n? New:%n?%?o? Old:%o?%?d?
7047 Del:%d?%?F? Flag:%F?%?t? Tag:%t?%?p? Post:%p?%?b? Inc:%b?%?l?
7048 %l?]---(%s/%S)-%>-(%P)---"
7050 Controls the format of the status line displayed in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu.
7051 This string is similar to ````$index_format'''', but has its own set
7052 of printf()-like sequences:
7054 %
\b%b
\bb number of mailboxes with new mail *
7056 %
\b%B
\bB the short pathname of the current mailbox
7058 %
\b%d
\bd number of deleted messages *
7060 %
\b%f
\bf the full pathname of the current mailbox
7062 %
\b%F
\bF number of flagged messages *
7064 %
\b%h
\bh local hostname
7066 %
\b%l
\bl size (in bytes) of the current mailbox *
7068 %
\b%L
\bL size (in bytes) of the messages shown (i.e., which match the
7071 %
\b%m
\bm the number of messages in the mailbox *
7073 %
\b%M
\bM the number of messages shown (i.e., which match the current
7076 %
\b%n
\bn number of new messages in the mailbox *
7078 %
\b%o
\bo number of old unread messages *
7080 %
\b%p
\bp number of postponed messages *
7082 %
\b%P
\bP percentage of the way through the index
7084 %
\b%r
\br modified/read-only/won't-write/attach-message indicator,
7085 according to ``$status_chars''
7087 %
\b%s
\bs current sorting mode (``$sort'')
7089 %
\b%S
\bS current aux sorting method (``$sort_aux'')
7091 %
\b%t
\bt number of tagged messages *
7093 %
\b%u
\bu number of unread messages *
7095 %
\b%v
\bv Mutt-ng version string
7097 %
\b%V
\bV currently active limit pattern, if any *
7100 right justify the rest of the string and pad with "X"
7103 pad to the end of the line with "X"
7105 * = can be optionally printed if nonzero
7107 Some of the above sequences can be used to optionally print a string
7108 if their value is nonzero. For example, you may only want to see the
7109 number of flagged messages if such messages exist, since zero is not
7110 particularly meaningful. To optionally print a string based upon one
7111 of the above sequences, the following construct is used
7113 %?<sequence_char>?<optional_string>?
7115 where _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br is a character from the table above, and
7116 _
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg is the string you would like printed if _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br
7117 is nonzero. _
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg m
\bma
\bay
\by contain other sequences as well as
7118 normal text, but you may n
\bno
\bot
\bt nest optional strings.
7120 Here is an example illustrating how to optionally print the number of
7121 new messages in a mailbox: %?n?%n new messages.?
7123 Additionally you can switch between two strings, the first one, if a
7124 value is zero, the second one, if the value is nonzero, by using the
7125 following construct: %?<sequence_char>?<if_string>&<else_string>?
7127 You can additionally force the result of any printf-like sequence to
7128 be lowercase by prefixing the sequence character with an underscore
7129 (_) sign. For example, if you want to display the local hostname in
7130 lowercase, you would use: %_h
7132 If you prefix the sequence character with a colon (:) character, mutt-
7133 ng will replace any dots in the expansion by underscores. This might
7134 be helpful with IMAP folders that don't like dots in folder names.
7136 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b29
\b91
\b1.
\b. s
\bst
\bta
\bat
\btu
\bus
\bs_
\b_o
\bon
\bn_
\b_t
\bto
\bop
\bp
7141 Setting this variable causes the ``status bar'' to be displayed on the
7142 first line of the screen rather than near the bottom.
7144 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b29
\b92
\b2.
\b. s
\bst
\btr
\bri
\bic
\bct
\bt_
\b_m
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be
7149 When unset, non MIME-compliant messages that doesn't have any charset
7150 indication in ``Content-Type'' field can be displayed (non MIME-
7151 compliant messages are often generated by old mailers or buggy mailers
7152 like MS Outlook Express). See also ``$assumed_charset''.
7154 This option also replaces linear-white-space between encoded-word and
7155 *text to a single space to prevent the display of MIME-encoded
7156 ``Subject'' field from being devided into multiple lines.
7158 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b29
\b93
\b3.
\b. s
\bst
\btr
\bri
\bic
\bct
\bt_
\b_t
\bth
\bhr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bds
\bs
7163 If set, threading will only make use of the ``In-Reply-To'' and
7164 ``References'' fields when you ````$sort'''' by message threads. By
7165 default, messages with the same subject are grouped together in
7166 ``pseudo threads.'' This may not always be desirable, such as in a
7167 personal mailbox where you might have several unrelated messages with
7168 the subject ``hi'' which will get grouped together.
7170 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b29
\b94
\b4.
\b. s
\bst
\btu
\buf
\bff
\bf_
\b_q
\bqu
\buo
\bot
\bte
\bed
\bd
7175 If set, attachments with flowed format will have their quoting
7176 ``stuffed'', i.e. a space will be inserted between the quote
7177 characters and the actual text.
7179 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b29
\b95
\b5.
\b. s
\bsu
\bus
\bsp
\bpe
\ben
\bnd
\bd
7184 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt-ng won't stop when the user presses the terminal's
7185 _
\bs_
\bu_
\bs_
\bp key, usually ``control-Z''. This is useful if you run mutt-ng
7186 inside an xterm using a command like xterm -e mutt-ng.
7188 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b29
\b96
\b6.
\b. t
\bte
\bex
\bxt
\bt_
\b_f
\bfl
\blo
\bow
\bwe
\bed
\bd
7193 When set, mutt-ng will generate text/plain; format=flowed attachments.
7194 This format is easier to handle for some mailing software, and
7195 generally just looks like ordinary text. To actually make use of this
7196 format's features, you'll need support in your editor.
7198 Note that ``$indent_string'' is ignored when this option is set.
7200 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b29
\b97
\b7.
\b. t
\bth
\bho
\bor
\bro
\bou
\bug
\bgh
\bh_
\b_s
\bse
\bea
\bar
\brc
\bch
\bh
7205 Affects the _
\b~_
\bb and _
\b~_
\bh search operations described in section
7206 ````patterns'''' above. If set, the headers and attachments of
7207 messages to be searched are decoded before searching. If unset,
7208 messages are searched as they appear in the folder.
7210 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b29
\b98
\b8.
\b. t
\bth
\bhr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bd_
\b_r
\bre
\bec
\bce
\bei
\biv
\bve
\bed
\bd
7215 When set, mutt-ng uses the date received rather than the date sent to
7216 thread messages by subject.
7218 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b29
\b99
\b9.
\b. t
\bti
\bil
\bld
\bde
\be
7223 When set, the internal-pager will pad blank lines to the bottom of the
7224 screen with a tilde (~).
7226 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b30
\b00
\b0.
\b. t
\bti
\bim
\bme
\beo
\bou
\but
\bt
7231 This variable controls the _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm_
\bb_
\be_
\br _
\bo_
\bf _
\bs_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs Mutt-ng will wait for a
7232 key to be pressed in the main menu before timing out and checking for
7233 new mail. A value of zero or less will cause Mutt-ng to never time
7236 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b30
\b01
\b1.
\b. t
\btm
\bmp
\bpd
\bdi
\bir
\br
7241 This variable allows you to specify where Mutt-ng will place its
7242 temporary files needed for displaying and composing messages. If this
7243 variable is not set, the environment variable TMPDIR is used. If
7244 TMPDIR is not set then "/tmp" is used.
7246 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b30
\b02
\b2.
\b. t
\bto
\bo_
\b_c
\bch
\bha
\bar
\brs
\bs
7251 Controls the character used to indicate mail addressed to you. The
7252 first character is the one used when the mail is NOT addressed to your
7253 address (default: space). The second is used when you are the only
7254 recipient of the message (default: +). The third is when your address
7255 appears in the TO header field, but you are not the only recipient of
7256 the message (default: T). The fourth character is used when your
7257 address is specified in the CC header field, but you are not the only
7258 recipient. The fifth character is used to indicate mail that was sent
7259 by _
\by_
\bo_
\bu. The sixth character is used to indicate when a mail was sent
7260 to a mailing-list you subscribe to (default: L).
7262 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b30
\b03
\b3.
\b. t
\btr
\bra
\bas
\bsh
\bh
7267 If set, this variable specifies the path of the trash folder where the
7268 mails marked for deletion will be moved, instead of being irremediably
7271 NOTE: When you delete a message in the trash folder, it is really
7272 deleted, so that you have a way to clean the trash.
7274 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b30
\b04
\b4.
\b. t
\btu
\bun
\bnn
\bne
\bel
\bl
7279 Setting this variable will cause mutt-ng to open a pipe to a command
7280 instead of a raw socket. You may be able to use this to set up
7281 preauthenticated connections to your IMAP/POP3 server. Example:
7283 tunnel="ssh -q mailhost.net /usr/local/libexec/imapd"
7285 NOTE: For this example to work you must be able to log in to the
7286 remote machine without having to enter a password.
7288 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b30
\b05
\b5.
\b. u
\bum
\bma
\bas
\bsk
\bk
7293 This sets the umask that will be used by mutt-ng when creating all
7294 kinds of files. If unset, the default value is 077.
7296 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b30
\b06
\b6.
\b. u
\bun
\bnc
\bco
\bol
\bll
\bla
\bap
\bps
\bse
\be_
\b_j
\bju
\bum
\bmp
\bp
7301 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will jump to the next unread message, if any, when
7302 the current thread is _
\bu_
\bncollapsed.
7304 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b30
\b07
\b7.
\b. u
\bus
\bse
\be_
\b_8
\b8b
\bbi
\bit
\btm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be
7309 W
\bWa
\bar
\brn
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg:
\b: do not set this variable unless you are using a version of
7310 sendmail which supports the -B8BITMIME flag (such as sendmail 8.8.x)
7311 or you may not be able to send mail.
7313 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will invoke ````$sendmail'''' with the -B8BITMIME
7314 flag when sending 8-bit messages to enable ESMTP negotiation.
7316 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b30
\b08
\b8.
\b. u
\bus
\bse
\be_
\b_d
\bdo
\bom
\bma
\bai
\bin
\bn
7321 When set, Mutt-ng will qualify all local addresses (ones without the
7322 @host portion) with the value of ````$hostname''''. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, no
7323 addresses will be qualified.
7325 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b30
\b09
\b9.
\b. u
\bus
\bse
\be_
\b_f
\bfr
\bro
\bom
\bm
7330 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will generate the `From:' header field when sending
7331 messages. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, no `From:' header field will be generated unless
7332 the user explicitly sets one using the ````my_hdr'''' command.
7334 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b31
\b10
\b0.
\b. u
\bus
\bse
\ber
\br_
\b_a
\bag
\bge
\ben
\bnt
\bt
7339 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt-ng will add a "User-Agent" header to outgoing messages,
7340 indicating which version of mutt-ng was used for composing them.
7342 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b31
\b11
\b1.
\b. v
\bvi
\bis
\bsu
\bua
\bal
\bl
7347 Specifies the visual editor to invoke when the _
\b~_
\bv command is given in
7350 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b31
\b12
\b2.
\b. w
\bwa
\bai
\bit
\bt_
\b_k
\bke
\bey
\by
7355 Controls whether Mutt-ng will ask you to press a key after _
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\b-
7356 _
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by, _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be, and _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by
7359 It is also used when viewing attachments with ````auto_view'''',
7360 provided that the corresponding mailcap entry has a _
\bn_
\be_
\be_
\bd_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\bi_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl
7361 flag, and the external program is interactive.
7363 When set, Mutt-ng will always ask for a key. When unset, Mutt-ng will
7364 wait for a key only if the external command returned a non-zero
7367 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b31
\b13
\b3.
\b. w
\bwe
\bee
\bed
\bd
7372 When set, mutt-ng will weed headers when displaying, forwarding,
7373 printing, or replying to messages.
7375 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b31
\b14
\b4.
\b. w
\bwr
\bra
\bap
\bp_
\b_s
\bse
\bea
\bar
\brc
\bch
\bh
7380 Controls whether searches wrap around the end of the mailbox.
7382 When set, searches will wrap around the first (or last) message. When
7383 unset, searches will not wrap.
7385 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b31
\b15
\b5.
\b. w
\bwr
\bra
\bap
\bpm
\bma
\bar
\brg
\bgi
\bin
\bn
7390 Controls the size of the margin remaining at the right side of the
7391 terminal when mutt-ng's pager does smart wrapping.
7393 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b31
\b16
\b6.
\b. w
\bwr
\bri
\bit
\bte
\be_
\b_b
\bbc
\bcc
\bc
7398 Controls whether mutt-ng writes out the Bcc header when preparing
7399 messages to be sent. Exim users may wish to unset this.
7401 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b31
\b17
\b7.
\b. w
\bwr
\bri
\bit
\bte
\be_
\b_i
\bin
\bnc
\bc
7406 When writing a mailbox, a message will be printed every _
\bw_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc
7407 messages to indicate progress. If set to 0, only a single message
7408 will be displayed before writing a mailbox.
7410 Also see the ````$read_inc'''' variable.
7412 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b31
\b18
\b8.
\b. x
\bx_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bme
\ben
\bnt
\bt_
\b_t
\bto
\bo
7417 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will add ``X-Comment-To:'' field (that contains full
7418 name of original article author) to article that followuped to
7421 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b31
\b19
\b9.
\b. x
\bxt
\bte
\ber
\brm
\bm_
\b_i
\bic
\bco
\bon
\bn
7424 Default: "M%?n?AIL&ail?"
7426 Controls the format of the icon title, as long as xterm_set_titles is
7427 enabled. This string is identical in formatting to the one used by
7428 ````$status_format''''.
7430 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b32
\b20
\b0.
\b. x
\bxt
\bte
\ber
\brm
\bm_
\b_s
\bse
\bet
\bt_
\b_t
\bti
\bit
\btl
\ble
\bes
\bs
7435 Controls whether mutt-ng sets the xterm title bar and icon name (as
7436 long as you're in an appropriate terminal). The default must be off to
7437 force in the validity checking.
7439 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b32
\b21
\b1.
\b. x
\bxt
\bte
\ber
\brm
\bm_
\b_t
\bti
\bit
\btl
\ble
\be
7442 Default: "Mutt-ng with %?m?%m messages&no messages?%?n? [%n New]?"
7444 Controls the format of the title bar of the xterm provided that
7445 xterm_set_titles has been set. This string is identical in formatting
7446 to the one used by ````$status_format''''.
7448 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. F
\bFu
\bun
\bnc
\bct
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bns
\bs
7450 The following is the list of available functions listed by the mapping
7451 in which they are available. The default key setting is given, and an
7452 explanation of what the function does. The key bindings of these
7453 functions can be changed with the ``bind'' command.
7455 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. g
\bge
\ben
\bne
\ber
\bri
\bic
\bc
7457 The _
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bc menu is not a real menu, but specifies common functions
7458 (such as movement) available in all menus except for _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br and _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br.
7459 Changing settings for this menu will affect the default bindings for
7460 all menus (except as noted).
7461 bottom-page L move to the bottom of the page
7462 current-bottom not bound move current entry to bottom of page
7463 current-middle not bound move current entry to middle of page
7464 current-top not bound move current entry to top of page
7465 enter-command : enter a muttrc command
7466 exit q exit this menu
7467 first-entry = move to the first entry
7468 half-down ] scroll down 1/2 page
7469 half-up [ scroll up 1/2 page
7471 jump number jump to an index number
7472 last-entry * move to the last entry
7473 middle-page M move to the middle of the page
7474 next-entry j move to the next entry
7475 next-line > scroll down one line
7476 next-page z move to the next page
7477 previous-entry k move to the previous entry
7478 previous-line < scroll up one line
7479 previous-page Z move to the previous page
7480 refresh ^L clear and redraw the screen
7481 search / search for a regular expression
7482 search-next n search for next match
7483 search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
7484 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
7485 select-entry RET select the current entry
7486 shell-escape ! run a program in a subshell
7487 tag-entry t toggle the tag on the current entry
7488 tag-prefix ; apply next command to tagged entries
7489 tag-prefix-cond not bound apply next function ONLY to tagged messages
7490 top-page H move to the top of the page
7491 what-key not bound display the keycode for a key press
7493 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. i
\bin
\bnd
\bde
\bex
\bx
7495 bounce-message b remail a message to another user
7496 change-folder c open a different folder
7497 change-folder-readonly ESC c open a different folder in read only mode
7498 check-traditional-pgp ESC P check for classic pgp
7499 clear-flag W clear a status flag from a message
7500 copy-message C copy a message to a file/mailbox
7501 create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
7502 decode-copy ESC C decode a message and copy it to a file/mailbox
7503 decode-save ESC s decode a message and save it to a file/mailbox
7504 delete-message d delete the current entry
7505 delete-pattern D delete messages matching a pattern
7506 delete-subthread ESC d delete all messages in subthread
7507 delete-thread ^D delete all messages in thread
7508 display-address @ display full address of sender
7509 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
7510 display-message RET display a message
7511 edit e edit the current message
7512 edit-type ^E edit the current message's Content-Type
7513 exit x exit without saving changes
7514 extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
7515 fetch-mail G retrieve mail from POP server
7516 flag-message F toggle a message's 'important' flag
7517 forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
7518 forward-message f forward a message with comments
7519 group-reply g reply to all recipients
7520 limit l show only messages matching a pattern
7521 list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
7522 mail m compose a new mail message
7523 mail-key ESC k mail a PGP public key
7524 next-new TAB jump to the next new message
7525 next-subthread ESC n jump to the next subthread
7526 next-thread ^N jump to the next thread
7527 next-undeleted j move to the next undeleted message
7528 next-unread not bound jump to the next unread message
7529 parent-message P jump to parent message in thread
7530 pipe-message | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
7531 previous-new ESC TAB jump to the previous new message
7532 previous-page Z move to the previous page
7533 previous-subthread ESC p jump to previous subthread
7534 previous-thread ^P jump to previous thread
7535 previous-undeleted k move to the last undelete message
7536 previous-unread not bound jump to the previous unread message
7537 print-message p print the current entry
7538 query Q query external program for addresses
7539 quit q save changes to mailbox and quit
7540 read-subthread ESC r mark the current subthread as read
7541 read-thread ^R mark the current thread as read
7542 recall-message R recall a postponed message
7543 reply r reply to a message
7544 resend-message ESC e resend message and preserve MIME structure
7545 save-message s save message/attachment to a file
7546 set-flag w set a status flag on a message
7547 show-version V show the Mutt version number and date
7548 show-limit ESC l show currently active limit pattern, if any
7549 sort-mailbox o sort messages
7550 sort-reverse O sort messages in reverse order
7551 sync-mailbox $ save changes to mailbox
7552 tag-pattern T tag messages matching a pattern
7553 tag-thread ESC t tag/untag all messages in the current thread
7554 toggle-new N toggle a message's 'new' flag
7555 toggle-write % toggle whether the mailbox will be rewritten
7556 undelete-message u undelete the current entry
7557 undelete-pattern U undelete messages matching a pattern
7558 undelete-subthread ESC u undelete all messages in subthread
7559 undelete-thread ^U undelete all messages in thread
7560 untag-pattern ^T untag messages matching a pattern
7561 view-attachments v show MIME attachments
7563 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. p
\bpa
\bag
\bge
\ber
\br
7565 bottom not bound jump to the bottom of the message
7566 bounce-message b remail a message to another user
7567 change-folder c open a different folder
7568 change-folder-readonly ESC c open a different folder in read only mode
7569 check-traditional-pgp ESC P check for classic pgp
7570 copy-message C copy a message to a file/mailbox
7571 create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
7572 decode-copy ESC C decode a message and copy it to a file/mailbox
7573 decode-save ESC s decode a message and save it to a file/mailbox
7574 delete-message d delete the current entry
7575 delete-subthread ESC d delete all messages in subthread
7576 delete-thread ^D delete all messages in thread
7577 display-address @ display full address of sender
7578 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
7579 edit e edit the current message
7580 edit-type ^E edit the current message's Content-Type
7581 enter-command : enter a muttrc command
7582 exit i return to the main-menu
7583 extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
7584 flag-message F toggle a message's 'important' flag
7585 forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
7586 forward-message f forward a message with comments
7587 group-reply g reply to all recipients
7588 half-up not bound move up one-half page
7589 half-down not bound move down one-half page
7591 list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
7592 mail m compose a new mail message
7593 mail-key ESC k mail a PGP public key
7594 mark-as-new N toggle a message's 'new' flag
7595 next-line RET scroll down one line
7596 next-entry J move to the next entry
7597 next-new TAB jump to the next new message
7598 next-page move to the next page
7599 next-subthread ESC n jump to the next subthread
7600 next-thread ^N jump to the next thread
7601 next-undeleted j move to the next undeleted message
7602 next-unread not bound jump to the next unread message
7603 parent-message P jump to parent message in thread
7604 pipe-message | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
7605 previous-line BackSpace scroll up one line
7606 previous-entry K move to the previous entry
7607 previous-new not bound jump to the previous new message
7608 previous-page - move to the previous page
7609 previous-subthread ESC p jump to previous subthread
7610 previous-thread ^P jump to previous thread
7611 previous-undeleted k move to the last undelete message
7612 previous-unread not bound jump to the previous unread message
7613 print-message p print the current entry
7614 quit Q save changes to mailbox and quit
7615 read-subthread ESC r mark the current subthread as read
7616 read-thread ^R mark the current thread as read
7617 recall-message R recall a postponed message
7618 redraw-screen ^L clear and redraw the screen
7619 reply r reply to a message
7620 save-message s save message/attachment to a file
7621 search / search for a regular expression
7622 search-next n search for next match
7623 search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
7624 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
7625 search-toggle \ toggle search pattern coloring
7626 shell-escape ! invoke a command in a subshell
7627 show-version V show the Mutt version number and date
7628 skip-quoted S skip beyond quoted text
7629 sync-mailbox $ save changes to mailbox
7630 tag-message t tag a message
7631 toggle-quoted T toggle display of quoted text
7632 top ^ jump to the top of the message
7633 undelete-message u undelete the current entry
7634 undelete-subthread ESC u undelete all messages in subthread
7635 undelete-thread ^U undelete all messages in thread
7636 view-attachments v show MIME attachments
7638 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bs
7640 search / search for a regular expression
7641 search-next n search for next match
7642 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
7644 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.5
\b5.
\b. q
\bqu
\bue
\ber
\bry
\by
7646 create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
7647 mail m compose a new mail message
7648 query Q query external program for addresses
7649 query-append A append new query results to current results
7650 search / search for a regular expression
7651 search-next n search for next match
7652 search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
7653 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
7655 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.6
\b6.
\b. a
\bat
\btt
\bta
\bac
\bch
\bh
7657 bounce-message b remail a message to another user
7658 collapse-parts v toggle display of subparts
7659 delete-entry d delete the current entry
7660 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
7661 edit-type ^E edit the current entry's Content-Type
7662 extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
7663 forward-message f forward a message with comments
7664 group-reply g reply to all recipients
7665 list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
7666 pipe-entry | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
7667 print-entry p print the current entry
7668 reply r reply to a message
7669 resend-message ESC e resend message and preserve MIME structure
7670 save-entry s save message/attachment to a file
7671 undelete-entry u undelete the current entry
7672 view-attach RET view attachment using mailcap entry if necessary
7673 view-mailcap m force viewing of attachment using mailcap
7674 view-text T view attachment as text
7676 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.7
\b7.
\b. c
\bco
\bom
\bmp
\bpo
\bos
\bse
\be
7678 attach-file a attach a file(s) to this message
7679 attach-message A attach message(s) to this message
7680 attach-key ESC k attach a PGP public key
7681 copy-file C save message/attachment to a file
7682 detach-file D delete the current entry
7683 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
7684 edit-bcc b edit the BCC list
7685 edit-cc c edit the CC list
7686 edit-description d edit attachment description
7687 edit-encoding ^E edit attachment transfer-encoding
7688 edit-fcc f enter a file to save a copy of this message in
7689 edit-from ESC f edit the from: field
7690 edit-file ^X e edit the file to be attached
7691 edit-headers E edit the message with headers
7692 edit e edit the message
7693 edit-mime m edit attachment using mailcap entry
7694 edit-reply-to r edit the Reply-To field
7695 edit-subject s edit the subject of this message
7696 edit-to t edit the TO list
7697 edit-type ^T edit attachment type
7698 filter-entry F filter attachment through a shell command
7699 forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
7700 ispell i run ispell on the message
7701 new-mime n compose new attachment using mailcap entry
7702 pgp-menu p show PGP options
7703 pipe-entry | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
7704 postpone-message P save this message to send later
7705 print-entry l print the current entry
7706 rename-file R rename/move an attached file
7707 send-message y send the message
7708 toggle-unlink u toggle whether to delete file after sending it
7709 view-attach RET view attachment using mailcap entry if necessary
7710 write-fcc w write the message to a folder
7712 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.8
\b8.
\b. p
\bpo
\bos
\bst
\btp
\bpo
\bon
\bne
\be
7714 delete-entry d delete the current entry
7715 undelete-entry u undelete the current entry
7717 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.9
\b9.
\b. b
\bbr
\bro
\bow
\bws
\bse
\ber
\br
7719 change-dir c change directories
7720 check-new TAB check mailboxes for new mail
7721 enter-mask m enter a file mask
7722 search / search for a regular expression
7723 search-next n search for next match
7724 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
7725 select-new N select a new file in this directory
7726 sort o sort messages
7727 sort-reverse O sort messages in reverse order
7728 toggle-mailboxes TAB toggle whether to browse mailboxes or all files
7729 view-file SPACE view file
7730 subscribe s subscribe to current mailbox (IMAP Only)
7731 unsubscribe u unsubscribe to current mailbox (IMAP Only)
7732 toggle-subscribed T toggle view all/subscribed mailboxes (IMAP Only)
7734 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.1
\b10
\b0.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp
7736 view-name % view the key's user id
7737 verify-key c verify a PGP public key
7739 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.1
\b11
\b1.
\b. e
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bto
\bor
\br
7741 backspace BackSpace delete the char in front of the cursor
7742 backward-char ^B move the cursor one character to the left
7743 backward-word ESC b move the cursor to the previous word
7744 bol ^A jump to the beginning of the line
7745 buffy-cycle Space cycle among incoming mailboxes
7746 capitalize-word ESC c uppercase the first character in the word
7747 complete TAB complete filename or alias
7748 complete-query ^T complete address with query
7749 delete-char ^D delete the char under the cursor
7750 downcase-word ESC l lowercase all characters in current word
7751 eol ^E jump to the end of the line
7752 forward-char ^F move the cursor one character to the right
7753 forward-word ESC f move the cursor to the next word
7754 history-down not bound scroll down through the history list
7755 history-up not bound scroll up through the history list
7756 kill-eol ^K delete chars from cursor to end of line
7757 kill-eow ESC d delete chars from cursor to end of word
7758 kill-line ^U delete all chars on the line
7759 kill-word ^W delete the word in front of the cursor
7760 quote-char ^V quote the next typed key
7761 transpose-chars not bound transpose character under cursor with previous
7762 upcase-word ESC u uppercase all characters in current word
7764 7
\b7.
\b. M
\bMi
\bis
\bsc
\bce
\bel
\bll
\bla
\ban
\bny
\by
7766 7
\b7.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. A
\bAc
\bck
\bkn
\bno
\bow
\bwl
\ble
\bed
\bdg
\bge
\bem
\bme
\ben
\bnt
\bts
\bs
7768 Kari Hurtta <kari.hurtta@fmi.fi> co-developed the original MIME
7769 parsing code back in the ELM-ME days.
7771 The following people have been very helpful to the development of
7774 Vikas Agnihotri <vikasa@writeme.com>,
7775 Francois Berjon <Francois.Berjon@aar.alcatel-alsthom.fr>,
7776 Aric Blumer <aric@fore.com>,
7777 John Capo <jc@irbs.com>,
7778 David Champion <dgc@uchicago.edu,
7779 Brendan Cully <brendan@kublai.com>,
7780 Liviu Daia <daia@stoilow.imar.ro>,
7781 Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@herndon4.his.com>,
7782 David DeSimone <fox@convex.hp.com>,
7783 Nickolay N. Dudorov <nnd@wint.itfs.nsk.su>,
7784 Ruslan Ermilov <ru@freebsd.org>,
7785 Edmund Grimley Evans <edmundo@rano.org,
7786 Michael Finken <finken@conware.de>,
7787 Sven Guckes <guckes@math.fu-berlin.de>,
7788 Lars Hecking <lhecking@nmrc.ie>,
7789 Mark Holloman <holloman@nando.net>,
7790 Andreas Holzmann <holzmann@fmi.uni-passau.de>,
7791 Marco d'Itri <md@linux.it>,
7792 Bjrn Jacke <bjacke@suse.com>,
7793 Byrial Jensen <byrial@image.dk>,
7794 David Jeske <jeske@igcom.net>,
7795 Christophe Kalt <kalt@hugo.int-evry.fr>,
7796 Tommi Komulainen <Tommi.Komulainen@iki.fi>,
7797 Felix von Leitner (a.k.a ``Fefe'') <leitner@math.fu-berlin.de>,
7798 Brandon Long <blong@fiction.net>,
7799 Jimmy Mkel <jmy@flashback.net>,
7800 Lars Marowsky-Bree <lmb@pointer.in-minden.de>,
7801 Thomas ``Mike'' Michlmayr <mike@cosy.sbg.ac.at>,
7802 Andrew W. Nosenko <awn@bcs.zp.ua>,
7803 David O'Brien <obrien@Nuxi.cs.ucdavis.edu>,
7804 Clint Olsen <olsenc@ichips.intel.com>,
7805 Park Myeong Seok <pms@romance.kaist.ac.kr>,
7806 Thomas Parmelan <tom@ankh.fr.eu.org>,
7807 Ollivier Robert <roberto@keltia.freenix.fr>,
7808 Thomas Roessler <roessler@does-not-exist.org>,
7809 Roland Rosenfeld <roland@spinnaker.de>,
7810 TAKIZAWA Takashi <taki@luna.email.ne.jp>,
7811 Allain Thivillon <Allain.Thivillon@alma.fr>,
7812 Gero Treuner <gero@faveve.uni-stuttgart.de>,
7813 Vsevolod Volkov <vvv@lucky.net>,
7814 Ken Weinert <kenw@ihs.com>
7816 7
\b7.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. A
\bAb
\bbo
\bou
\but
\bt t
\bth
\bhi
\bis
\bs d
\bdo
\boc
\bcu
\bum
\bme
\ben
\bnt
\bt
7818 This document was written in SGML, and then rendered using the sgml-